Menu

1 Peter 3:7 — Word Study

Depth

N1904Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

BSAyou who [are]ho Husbandsanēr likewise,homoiōs [similarly, in a like manner] dwelling with [them]sunoikeō according tokata knowledgegnōsis [according to knowledge, with thoughtful understanding] ashōs with a weakerasthenēs vesselskeuos [the weaker vessel, a fragile treasure] with theho femalegunaikeios renderingaponemō honortimē [respect, high esteem] sincehōs [they are] alsokai joint-heirssugklēronomos [co-heirs, joint inheritors] of [the] gracecharis [unmerited favor, divine blessing] of lifezōē [eternal life, spiritual existence] so aseis thisho not [cause to] be impededegkoptō [impeded, blocked] theho prayersproseuchē [requests, communion with God] of you.su

Word
Listen & take away1 Peter 3
English ↓ Download MP3 The Berean Standard Bible chapter audio already hosted for the site's Bible section — verse 7 is in this chapter.
Greek ↓ Download MP3 Nestle 1904 — the very text on this page — read by Andy Martin in Erasmian pronunciation.
Say the word Each Greek word carries its transliteration (su) — no per-word recordings of the Greek exist to link to.
Take it away
1 Peter 3:7quick helps
In a sentencePeter instructs husbands to treat their wives with understanding and honor, highlighting their shared inheritance of grace.
Who is speakingThe apostle Peter, addressing husbands within the Christian community.
Where we areThis verse is part of a section on relationships, particularly focusing on the roles of husbands and wives.
The hard wordἀνήρ
Take awayMutual respect and understanding in marriage are essential for a healthy relationship.
8 commentators on this verse Gill, Jamieson, Poole, Trapp & more — read them › clause subject verbσυνοικέω The sentence as the grammar sees it Open the tree ›
How rare are these words?in the New Testament

3 of 25 occur nowhere else in the New Testament — words chosen on purpose.

Bars are logarithmic — , the commonest word in the Greek New Testament, stands 19,867 times, so a linear scale would leave everything else invisible. Click a row to open that word.

Deep Study — 1 Peter 3:7

Sections marked generated are written from the data on this page rather than by a named author. Everything else — the lexicon entries, the cross references, the manuscript readings, the counts — is quoted from its source unchanged.

Context — Instructions for Christian Householdsgenerated

6just as Sarah obeyed Abraham and called him lord. And you are her children if you do what is right and refuse to give way to fear.
7Husbands, in the same way, treat your wives with consideration as a delicate vessel, and with honor as fellow heirs of the gracious gift of life, so that your prayers will not be hindered.
8Finally, all of you, be like-minded and sympathetic, love as brothers, be tenderhearted and humble.
9Do not repay evil with evil or insult with insult, but with blessing, because to this you were called so that you may inherit a blessing.

1 Peter 3:7 advises husbands to treat their wives with care, recognizing their value and shared spiritual inheritance. This instruction follows a discussion on the roles of both husbands and wives, emphasizing the importance of mutual respect and understanding in marital relationships. The context highlights how these dynamics influence a husband's relationship with God, particularly in prayer, as indicated in the latter part of the verse.


Cross References

ReferenceText (BSB)
1Genesis 2:23–24And the man said: “This is now bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh; she shall be called ‘woman,’ for out of man she was taken.”
2Proverbs 5:15–19Drink water from your own cistern, and running water from your own well.
3Malachi 2:14–16Yet you ask, “Why?” It is because the LORD has been a witness between you and the wife of your youth, against whom you have broken faith, though she is your companion and your wife by covenant.
4Matthew 19:3–9Then some Pharisees came and tested Him by asking, “Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any reason?”
51 Corinthians 7:3The husband should fulfill his marital duty to his wife, and likewise the wife to her husband.

The Key Word ἀνήρ, anērgenerated

The word ἀνήρ (*anēr*) refers to a man or husband, distinguishing adult males from women and children. It emphasizes the role of husbands in the context of marriage, as seen in various passages throughout the New Testament.

In this verse, it is used in the nominative plural form, indicating that Peter is addressing husbands collectively, urging them to fulfill their responsibilities with consideration and respect towards their wives.


How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated

The verse is rendered in the Berean Standard Bible as 'Husbands, in the same way, treat your wives with consideration as a delicate vessel, and with honor as fellow heirs of the gracious gift of life, so that your prayers will not be hindered.' This wording emphasizes both the care and honor husbands should show to their wives.

Translations vary particularly in how they express the phrase 'according to knowledge.' The ASV, KJV, and others use 'according to knowledge,' while the GNV opts for a simpler 'knowledge.'


Sentence Structuregenerated

The main clause is governed by the verb συνοικοῦντες, dwelling with, which is modified by several phrases: a prepositional phrase indicating how to dwell, a participial phrase describing the action of rendering honor, and a subordinate clause explaining the consequence of their actions.

The structure emphasizes the relationship between the actions of husbands towards their wives and the effectiveness of their prayers, showing a clear cause-and-effect dynamic.


Septuagint Backgroundgenerated

ἀνήρ appears in the Septuagint, often translating the Hebrew word for 'man' or 'husband', such as in Genesis 2:23. This connection reinforces the traditional understanding of the role of men in family and community.

The term σκεῦος is also present in the Septuagint, where it translates various Hebrew words for vessels, emphasizing the concept of value and fragility in relationships.


In plain words — the whole versegenerated

1 Peter 3:7 tells husbands to treat their wives with care and respect, recognizing their shared spiritual inheritance. This guidance is important for maintaining a healthy marriage and ensuring that their prayers are not hindered.


Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated

What does it mean to treat my wife as a delicate vessel?

It means to recognize her value and fragility, treating her with care and respect, acknowledging her as a partner in life.

Why is understanding important in marriage?

Understanding fosters a supportive environment where both partners feel valued and respected, which is crucial for a healthy relationship.

How can a husband's treatment of his wife affect his prayers?

According to this verse, if a husband does not treat his wife well, it may hinder his prayers, indicating a connection between marital harmony and spiritual life.

What does it mean to be joint heirs of grace?

It means that both husbands and wives share equally in the spiritual blessings and inheritance offered through God's grace.


Reflection Questionsgenerated

  1. In what ways can I show greater consideration and honor to my spouse?
  2. How does understanding my spouse's needs improve our relationship?
  3. What steps can I take to ensure my prayers are not hindered by my actions towards my spouse?
  4. How can we work together as joint heirs of grace in our spiritual journey?

The early church on this verse — how the Fathers read it

Early church writers reflect on the teachings of 1 Peter 3:7, emphasizing the importance of mutual respect in marriage and the spiritual implications of these relationships.

TertullianOf Patience c. 155–220
What (of the fact) that she endured not to have been met alone; but in the presence of Adam, not yet her husband, not yet bound to lend her his ears, she is impatient of keeping silence,
Early Church Fathers on 1 Peter 3 →
Augustine of HippoOn the Good of Marriage 12.14 354–430
Is it true that such spouses do not think about the things of the Lord, how they might please him? They are very rare. Who denies this?
Early Church Fathers on 1 Peter 3 →
Hilary of ArlesINTRODUCTORY COMMENTARY ON 1 PETER c. 403–449
The head can easily corrupt the members of the body, but Peter addresses himself to the latter first, lest it be thought that the lesser might somehow despise the greater.
Early Church Fathers on 1 Peter 3 →

Commentators on this verse — 8 expositors, verse by verse

Each of these wrote on 1 Peter 3:7 itself, not merely on the chapter around it.

John Gill1697–1771Gill's Exposition of the Entire Bible

Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them,.... "With your wives", as the Syriac and Ethiopic versions read; which not only included dwelling together in the same house, and bedding together in the same

Read John Gill on 1 Peter 3 →
Robert Jamieson1802–1880Jamieson, Fausset, and Brown's Commentary

Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.

Read Robert Jamieson on 1 Peter 3 →
Matthew Poole1624–1679Matthew Poole's Commentary on the Holy Bible

Dwell with them; perform all matrimonial duties to them; by a synecdoche, all the duties of that relation are contained under this one of cohabitation. According to knowledge; either, according to that knowledge of the Divine will, which by the gospel ye have obtained; or, prudently and wisely, and as becomes those that understand their duty. Giving honour unto the wife; not despising them because of their weakness, or using them as slaves, but respecting them, caring for them, using them gently, covering their infirmities. As unto the weaker vessel; weaker than the husbands, and that both in body and mind, as women usually are. In Scripture any instrument is called a vessel, and the wife…

Read Matthew Poole on 1 Peter 3 →
John Trapp1601–1669Trapp's Complete Commentary on the Old and New Testaments

7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered. Ver. 7. Likewise ye] Officium ascendit, amor descendit. According to knowledge] Where should wisdom be but in the head? This must be showed Uxoris vitium aut tollendo, aut tolerando, said Varro, either by curing or at least covering his wife’ s weaknesses. As unto the weaker vessel] Glasses are to be tenderly handled; a small knock soon breaks them. So here. Vipera virus ob venerationem nuptiarum evomit, saith Basil, The viper, for the honour of coupling with his mate, casts up his…

Read John Trapp on 1 Peter 3 →
Charles John Ellicott1819–1905Ellicott's Commentary for English Readers

(7) Likewise, ye husbands.—The subjection is not to be all one-sided, though the husband’s subjection to the wife will be of a different kind from the wife’s to him. We are hardly to take this as a separate paragraph from the foregoing, but rather as a corollary added to it, to correct a false impression that might otherwise have been conveyed. Dwell.—Rather, dwelling. The participle is attached to the previous sentences, just as in 1 Peter 2:16; 1 Peter 2:18; 1 Peter 3:1; but St. Peter does not like to say to the husbands “submitting yourselves” (though it is implied in the “likewise”), and conveys the deference which the husbands are to pay under other terms: such as “according to…

Read Charles John Ellicott on 1 Peter 3 →
AdamClarkeAdam Clarke's Commentary on the Bible

Verse 7. Dwell with them according to knowledge] Give your wives, by no species of unkind carriage, any excuse for delinquency. How can a man expect his wife to be faithful to him, if he be unfaithful to her? and vice versa. Giving honour unto the wife] Using your superior strength and experience in her behalf, and thus honouring her by becoming her protector and support. But the word τιμη honour, signifies maintenance as well as respect;-maintain, provide for the wife. As-the weaker vessel] Being mare delicately, and consequently more slenderly, constructed. Roughness and strength go hand in hand; so likewise do beauty and frailty. The female has what the man wants-beauty and delicacy. The…

Read AdamClarke on 1 Peter 3 →
CambridgeThe Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

7. dwell with them according to knowledge] It is significant that while the Apostle dwells emphatically on the case of Christian women who have unbelieving husbands, his exhortations to men seem to take for granted that their wives were of one mind with them. In the then existing state of society this was, of course, natural enough. The wife might be converted without the husband, but hardly the husband without the wife. The word for “dwell together” (not found elsewhere) is clearly intended to cover all the relations of married life. In those relations men were to act “according to knowledge,” i.e. with a clear perception of all that marriage involved, and of the right relation in which…

Read Cambridge on 1 Peter 3 →
Albert Barnes1798–1870Barnes' Notes on the Bible

Likewise, ye husbands - On the general duty of husbands, see the notes at Ephesians 5:25 ff.

Read Albert Barnes on 1 Peter 3 →

The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company

Every translation on this page is a decision someone had to make and commit to. Read down a column and you see one translator's judgement; read across a row and you see the range the Greek actually allows. The BSB is the wording the rest of this page is measured against, so it is listed first.

Modern formal

BSBBerean Standard Bible2020

Husbands, in the same way, treat your wives with consideration as a delicate vessel, and with honor as fellow heirs of the gracious gift of life, so that your prayers will not be hindered.

WEBWorld English Bible2000

You husbands, in the same way, live with your wives according to knowledge, giving honor to the woman as to the weaker vessel, as also being joint heirs of the grace of life, that your prayers may not be hindered.

MSBMajority Standard Bible2022

Husbands, in the same way, dwell with your wives in an understanding manner. Treat them with honor as a delicate vessel and as fellow heirs of the gracious gift of life, so that your prayers will not be hindered.

NETBNew English Translation2006

Husbands, in the same way, treat your wives with consideration as the weaker partners and show them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life. In this way nothing will hinder your prayers.

Tyndale line

KJVKing James Version1611

Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.

ASVAmerican Standard Version1901

Ye husbands, in like manner, dwell with your wives according to knowledge, giving honor unto the woman, as unto the weaker vessel, as being also joint-heirs of the grace of life; to the end that your prayers be not hindered.

RVARevised Version, American1894

Ye husbands, in like manner, dwell with your wives according to knowledge, giving honour unto the woman, as unto the weaker vessel, as being also joint-heirs of the grace of life; to the end that your prayers be not hindered.

NWBWebster's Bible1833

Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honor to the wife, as to the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.

GNVGeneva Bible1599

Likewise ye husbands, dwel with them as men of knowledge, giuing honour vnto the woman, as vnto the weaker vessell, euen as they which are heires together of the grace of life, that your prayers be not interrupted.

Strictly literal

DBYDarby Translation1890

[Ye] husbands likewise, dwell with [them] according to knowledge, as with a weaker, [even] the female, vessel, giving [them] honour, as also fellow-heirs of [the] grace of life, that your prayers be not hindered.

YLTYoung's Literal Translation1862

The husbands, in like manner, dwelling with [them], according to knowledge, as to a weaker vessel — to the wife — imparting honour, as also being heirs together of the grace of life, that your prayers be not hindered.

LSVLiteral Standard Version2020

Husbands, in like manner, dwelling with [them], according to knowledge, as to a weaker vessel—to the wife—imparting honor, as also being heirs together of the grace of life, that your prayers are not hindered.

ULBUnlocked Literal Bible2017

In the same way, you husbands should live with your wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman. You should give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life. Do this so that your prayers will not be hindered.

From the Latin

DRADouay-Rheims (Challoner)1899

Ye husbands, likewise dwelling with them according to knowledge, giving honour to the female as to the weaker vessel, and as to the co-heirs of the grace of life: that your prayers be not hindered.

Simplified

FBVFree Bible Version2020

Husbands, in just the same way, be considerate to your wives as you live together with them. Though she may not be as strong as you are, you should honor her since she will inherit equally with you God's gift of life. Make sure to do this so nothing will get in the way of your prayers.

BBEBible in Basic English1949

And you husbands, give thought to your way of life with your wives, giving honour to the woman who is the feebler vessel, but who has an equal part in the heritage of the grace of life; so that you may not be kept from prayer.

Word by word, the decisions they made

γνῶσινgnōsis knowledge G1108 2 different renderings
according to knowledgeASV DBY DRA KJV LSV NWB RVA WEB YLT
knowledgeGNV
ἀσθενεστέρῳasthenēs with a weaker G772 3 different renderings
weakerASV DRA GNV KJV NETB NWB RVA WEB
with a weakerDBY ULB
a weakerLSV YLT
σκεύειskeuos vessel G4632 2 different renderings
the weaker vesselASV DRA KJV NWB RVA WEB
vesselBBE BSB DBY LSV MSB YLT
ὡςhōs since G5613 2 different renderings
likeASV LSV RVA YLT
sinceFBV
προσευχὰςproseuchē prayers G4335 2 different renderings
prayersASV BSB DBY DRA FBV GNV KJV LSV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB YLT
prayerBBE

Counted from the translations carried on this site, not from a survey of every English Bible. A rendering shared by many versions is usually inherited rather than independently arrived at — the Tyndale line in particular runs through most of them.


The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank

This is not our own analysis: it is the scholarly syntax tree for the verse, showing how the clause actually holds together.

clauseclausenoun phraseΟἱ-ἄνδρεςHusbandsclauseadverbialὁμοίωςlikewiseverbσυνοικοῦντεςdwelling with [them]prepositional phrase · adverbialκατὰaccording toγνῶσινknowledgeclauseὡςasclausenoun phrase · indirect objectἀσθενεστέρῳwith a weakerσκεύειvesselclausenoun phrase · indirect objectτῷwith theγυναικείῳfemaleverbἀπονέμοντεςrenderingobjectτιμήνhonorclause · adverbialὡςasclausenoun phrase · indirect objectκαὶalsonoun phraseσυνκληρονόμοιςjoint-heirsnoun phraseχάριτοςof [the] graceζωῆςof lifeprepositional phrase · adverbialεἰςso as fornoun phraseτὸ-clauseadverbialμὴnotverbἐνκόπτεσθαιto be hinderednoun phrase · subjectτὰςthenoun phraseπροσευχὰςprayersὑμῶνof you

Boxes are the grammarian's groupings — clause, noun phrase, prepositional phrase.


The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac

Every translation is an argument about meaning made by someone who had to commit to one. These two were made while the Greek was still a living language, and they are the oldest opinions we have about what this verse says.

Latin VulgateAD 382–405

Viri similiter cohabitantes secundum scientiam, quasi infirmiori vasculo muliebri impartientes honorem, tamquam et cohæredibus gratiæ vitæ : ut non impediantur orationes vestræ.

Jerome revised the Old Latin against the Greek from AD 382; the Latin west read this text for a thousand years.

Syriac Peshittaby AD 400

ܘܐܢܬܘܢ ܓܒܪܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܡܪܘ ܥܡ ܢܫܝܟܘܢ ܒܝܕܥܬܐ ܘܐܝܟ ܕܠܡܐܢܐ ܡܚܝܠܐ ܒܐܝܩܪܐ ܐܚܘܕܘ ܐܢܝܢ ܡܛܠ ܕܐܦ ܗܢܝܢ ܥܡܟܘܢ ܝܪܬܢ ܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܚܝܐ ܕܠܥܠܡ ܕܠܐ ܬܗܘܘܢ ܡܬܬܩܠܝܢ ܒܨܠܘܬܟܘܢ

The Bible of the Syriac-speaking church, in the language nearest to the Aramaic Jesus spoke.

Shown verse by verse rather than word by word: aligning a Greek word to its Latin or Syriac counterpart automatically would be guesswork, and a wrong alignment is worse than none.


The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say

Eight printed editions of the Greek New Testament, side by side. Where they agree the wording is settled; where a word is missing from an edition it is marked, so you can see the difference rather than take it on trust.

Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The standard critical text of the New Testament.

Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The previous edition, still widely cited.

SBL Greek New Testament2010 · Michael Holmes

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The Society of Biblical Literature edition, freely licensed.

Westcott–Hort1881 · Westcott and Hort

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The edition that turned scholarship toward the earliest manuscripts.

Tregelles1857–1879 · Samuel Prideaux Tregelles

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

An independent critical text built from the oldest witnesses then known.

Tyndale House Greek NT2017 · Tyndale House, Cambridge

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ συγκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

A recent critical edition following documentary evidence closely.

Byzantine majority text2018 · Robinson–Pierpont

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The reading of the majority of surviving manuscripts.

Textus Receptus1550/1894 lineage

Οἱ ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμὴν ὡς καὶ χάριτος ζωῆς εἰς τὸ μὴ τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.¶

The printed tradition behind the King James Version.

Every witness on this verse they differ
Critical editions
Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993SBL Greek New Testament2010Westcott–Hort1881Tregelles1857–1879Tyndale House Greek NT2017
Byzantine / Majority
Byzantine majority text2018
Received Text
Textus Receptus1550/1894

A witness that read differently would show its variant word here, marked.

Word by word, across the editions

WordEditions carrying itMissing from
συγκληρονόμοις joint-heirsNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, TregWH, TR, Byz
ἐγκόπτεσθαι [cause to] be impededNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, ByzTR

The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with

This is a map of two things, both counted rather than judged. Company kept: which words stand within three words of each of these, anywhere in the Greek New Testament — the thicker the line, the more often the pair meet compared with chance. Built from: the words a word is made out of, taken from its own Strong’s entry. It is not a map of meaning: nothing here claims two words mean the same thing. Click any circle to see the numbers behind it.

1 Peter 3:7you who [aryou who [are]ἀνήρHusbandsHusbandsἀνήρὁμοίωςlikewise,likewise,ὁμοίωςσυνοικέωdwelling widwelling with [συνοικέωκατάaccording taccording toκατάγνῶσιςknowledgeknowledgeγνῶσιςὡςasasὡςἀσθενήςwith a weakwith a weakerἀσθενήςσκεῦοςvesselvesselσκεῦοςwith thewith theγυναικεῖοςfemalefemaleγυναικεῖοςἀπονέμωrenderingrenderingἀπονέμωτιμήhonorhonorτιμήὡςsincesinceὡςκαί[they are] [they are] alsoκαίσυγκληρονόμοςjoint-heirsjoint-heirsσυγκληρονόμοςχάριςof [the] grof [the] graceχάριςζωήof lifeof lifeζωήεἰςso asso asεἰςthisthisμήnotnotμήἐγκόπτω[cause to] [cause to] be iἐγκόπτωthetheπροσευχήprayersprayersπροσευχήσύof you.of you.σύσύνPrep. withPrep. withσύνὅςRel.pr. whRel.pr. who, whὅςὅμοιοςAdj like, Adj like, similὅμοιοςγινώσκωv. I come v. I come to knγινώσκωἄλφαletter theletter the firsἄλφαἀπόPrep. fromPrep. from, awaἀπότίνωv. I payv. I payτίνωχαίρωv. I rejoiv. I rejoice, aχαίρωζάωv. I livev. I liveζάωἐνPrep. in, Prep. in, on, aἐνπροσεύχομαιv. I pray,v. I pray, prayπροσεύχομαιἄνθρωποςn.m. a mann.m. a man, oneἄνθρωποςοὐNeg.prt. nNeg.prt. no, noοὐγυνήn.f. a womn.f. a woman, wγυνήνήπιοςAdj an infAdj an infant, νήπιοςπλησίονAdv near, Adv near, nearbπλησίονἸσραηλίτηςn.m. an Isn.m. an IsraeliἸσραηλίτηςὑποτάσσωv. I placev. I place undeὑποτάσσω
meets it a little oftener than chancemeets it far oftener than chancebuilt from the same roottwo words of the verse share ita word of this versea related word

Lexicons — every word in 1 Peter 3:7

One dossier per word, with every reference work grouped by kind — Greek lexicons, morphology, Bible dictionaries, topical chains and the English of the translators themselves. The verse sits at the head of each block with the word under study lit, so you never lose your place. The panel above gives the short answer; this is the long one, and it is the part of the page worth indexing.

Every entry below is the lexicographer's own text. Imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, the full Liddell-Scott-Jones, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate LSJ, Robinson and Packard on the Greek, Webster and Cawdrey on the English the translators were using. Where a cell says a work has no entry, that work genuinely has none for this word.

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
Οἱho you who [are] G3588 Article · nominative · plural · masculine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NPM — Article · nominative · plural · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NPM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
you who [are]19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ἄνδρεςanēr Husbands G435 Noun · nominative · plural · masculine
216× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A man in the Bible refers to an adult male, often in contrast to a woman or child. It can also describe a husband, as seen in Matthew 1:16 and Romans 7:2. The term is used to address or describe individuals, such as a prophet or brother.
Tyndale gloss
man
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ἀνήρ (anēr) means 'man' in various contexts, distinguishing adult males from women and children. It can refer to a husband or a male person in general, and is often used in conjunction with other nouns or adjectives. The New Testament employs it similarly, as seen in verses like Matthew 1:16 and 1 Corinthians 13:11. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;]

a man, Lat. vir.

As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6.

As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2.

In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, a man, Lat. vir. The meanings of this word in the N. T. differ in no respect fr. classic usage ; for it is employed 1. with a reference to sex, and so to distinguish a man from a woman; either a. asa male: Acts viii. 12; xvii.12; 1 Tim.ii.12; or b. asa husband: Mt.i.16; Mk. x.2; Jn. iv. 16 sqq.; Ro..vii. 2 sqq:; 1 Co. vii. 2 sqq.; Gal. iv. 27; 1 Tim. iii. 2,12; Tit. i. 6, etc.; a betrothed or future husband: Mt.i.19; Rev. xxi. 2, ete. 2. with a reference to age, and to distinguish an adult man from a boy: Mt. xiv. 21; xv. 38 (where ἄνδρες, γυναῖκες and παιδία are discriminated) ; with the added notion also of intelligence and virtue: 1 Co. xiii. 11 (opp. to νήπιος) ; Eph. iv. 13; Jas. iii. 2, (in the last two pass. τέλειος ἀνήρ). 3. univ. any male person, a man; so where tis might have been used: Lk. viii. 41; ix.38; Acts νἱ. 11; x.5,ete. where ἀνήρ and τὶς are united…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀνήρ. The special differentia of ἀνήρ : ἄνθρωπος survives in MGr (ἄντρας, ἄθρωπος), where even the old gen. sing. (ἀντρός) may still be found beside the ‘‘regular” τοῦ ἄντρα (Thumb Handbook, p. 48). Naturally there is nothing particular to record in the uses of this everyday word, which has in NT and Hellenistic generally much the same range as in class. Gk. Thus, taking the index to BGU IV., we can illustrate many of the uses noted for the NT in Grimm from documents of the Augustan period. So (1) husband by the perpetual phrase μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ ἀνδρός after the name of a woman, as 1126* (where ἀνδρός is written over an erased ὁμομητρίου ἀδελφοῦ), or in a marriage contract as τορϑ τηρεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρᾳ καὶ τὸν κοινὸν βίον δίκαια, while the document will also use ἀνήρ for irregular relations in the pledge μηδ᾽ ἄλλωι ἀνδρὶ συνεῖναι. Then under Grimm’s (3) we have 1189" of σημαινόμενοι…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀνήρ (anēr) — man.

ἀνήρ, ὁ, ἀνδρός, ἀνδρί, ἄνδρα,

vocative ἄνερ: plural ἄνδρες, -δρῶν, -δράσι [ᾰ], -dras: Aeolic dialect dative plural ἄνδρεσι[Refs 7th c.BC+] for οἱ ἄνδρε; the Ionic dialect crasis is ὡνήρ, ὧνδρες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] [Epic dialect Poets mostly use ᾱ in arsi, ᾰ in thesi; but in trisyllable forms with stem ἀνέρ- always ; so also Trag. in Lyric poetry, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in nominative by analogy; cf. Sanskrit nar- from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] ner-, nṛ- from nṛ-, Gk. ἀνδρ- from ṇr-):—man, opposed to woman (ἄνθρωπος being man as opposed to to beast), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄπαις without male children, [Refs 8th c.BC+] mostly of princes, leaders, etc., but also of free men; ἀ δήμου one of the people, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with a qualifying word to indicate rank, ἀ. βουληφόρος[Refs 8th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀνήρ

aner

a primary word (compare 444); a man (properly as an individual

male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.

see GREEK for 444

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ

n.m.

a male human being, a man

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀνήρ anēr 216x

a male person of full age and stature, as opposed to a child or female, 1 Cor. 13:11; a husband, Mt. 1:16; a man, human being, individual, Lk. 11:31; used also pleonastically with other nouns and adjectives, Lk. 5:8; Acts 1:16

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀνήρ Root ΑΝΕΡ a man, Lat. vir (not homo):

a man, opp. to a woman, Hom., etc.

a man, opp. to a god, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε id. Hom.

a man, opp. to a youth, a man in the prime of life, id. Hom., etc.; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐγγράφεσθαι to be enrolled among the men, Dem.

a man emphatically, a man indeed, ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι Il.; πολλοὶ μὲν ἄνθρωποι, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἄνδρες many human beings, but few men, Hdt.

a man, opp. to his wife, a husband, Hom., etc.; αἰγῶν ἄνερ, Virgil's vir gregis, Theocr.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NPM — Noun · nominative · plural · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Torrey's New Topical Textbook

- Should have but one wife

Ge 2:24; Mr 10:6-8; 1Co 7:2-4

- Have authority over their wives

Ge 3:16; 1Co 11:3; Eph 5:23

- DUTY OF, TO WIVES

. To respect them

1Pe 3:7

. To love them

Eph 5:25-33; Col 3:19

. To regard them as themselves

Ge 2:23; Mt 19:5

. To be faithful to them

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
40%men
men40% · 86×man34% · 74×husband18% · 39×husbands6% · 13×other renderings2% · 5×

217 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject38%object18%adverbial13%predicate12%indirect object6%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 216 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,γυνήa woman, wife, mαὐτός
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
καίand, even, also,πνεῦμαwind, breath, spΠαῦλοςPaul
λέγωI say, speak
καίand, even, also,εἰρήνηpeace, peace of αὐτός
αὐτός
πρόςἐκοἶδαI know, remember
εἰμίI am, exist
ἐσθίωI eatὁδόςa way, road, jouἀθέμιτοςillegal, unlawfu
ἀνήρHusbands216×
what comes after →
Article the
τόποςa placeξηρόςdry, withered, dσυνίστημιI commend, prove
ἀδελφόςa brother
καίand, even, also,ἐγώδεῖit is necessary,
ὅς
ὄνομαname, character,ἵστημιI cause to standἔμπροσθεν
αὐτός
δίκαιοςjust, righteous,γαμέωI marryἐάνCond
οὗτος
ἀληθήςunconcealed, truὅσοςοὔτεNeg

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀνήρ · 216× in the New Testament
Acts 1 Corinthians Luke Romans John Matthew Ephesians James 1 Timothy Mark 1 Peter Colossians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament16 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 502 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 3c. AD 40

ἡ δ’ ἀρχή, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐστὶ θαυμασιωτάτη κοσμοποιίαν περιέχουσα, ὡς καὶ τοῦ κόσμου τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῦ νόμου τῷ κόσμῳ συνᾴδοντος καὶ τοῦ νομίμου ἀνδρὸς εὐθὺς ὄντος κοσμοπολίτου πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσεως τὰς πράξεις ἀπευθύνοντος, καθ’ ἣν καὶ ὁ σύμπας…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.8c. AD 75–95

ἦσαν δέ τινες, οἳ πόθῳ τῆς ἱστορίας ἐπʼ αὐτήν με προύτρεπον, καὶ μάλιστα δὴ πάντων Ἐπαφρόδιτος ἀνὴρ ἅπασαν μὲν ἰδέαν παιδείας ἠγαπηκώς, διαφερόντως δὲ χαίρων ἐμπειρίαις πραγμάτων, ἅτε δὴ μεγάλοις μὲν αὐτὸς ὁμιλήσας πράγμασι καὶ τύχαις πολυτρόποις,…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 8.1c. AD 100

Τίνα δὲ δοκεῖτε τύπον εἶναι, ὅτι ἐντέταλται τῷ Ἰσραὴλ προσφέρειν δάμαλιν τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἐν οἷς εἰσὶν ἁμαρτίαι τέλειαι, καὶ σφάξαντας κατακαίειν, καὶ αἴρειν τότε τὴν σποδὸν παιδία καὶ βάλλειν εἰς ἄγγη καὶ περιτιθέναι τὸ ἔριον τὸ κόκκινον ἐπὶ ξύλον ʽἴδε…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD
P. Grenf. 1 21Pathyris127 BC

διέθετο ὑγιαίνων νοῶν φρονῶν Δρύτων Παμφίλου Κρὴς τῶν διαδόχων καὶ τοῦ ἐπιτάγματος ἱππάρχης ἐπʼ ἀνδρῶν· εἴη μέμ μοι ὑγιαίνοντι τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ κύριον εἶναι· ἐὰν δέ τι ἀνθρώπινον πάθω, καταλείπω

P.Grenf. 1 44Pathyris127 BC

διέθετο ὑγιαίνων νοῶν φρονῶν Δρύτων Παμφίλου Κρὴς τῶν διαδόχων καὶ τοῦ ἐπιτάγματος ἱππάρχης ἐπʼ ἀνδρῶν. εἴη μέμ μοι ὑγιαίνοντι τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ κύριον εἶναι. ἐὰν δέ τι ἀνθρώπινον πάθω, καταλείπω

P.Adl. 2Pathyris125 BC

Ἡλιοδώρου ἀγορανόμου. ὁμολογεῖ Πανερεῦς Γούνσιος Πέρσης καὶ Σενενοῦπις Φίβιος Περσίνη μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ ἑαυτῆς ἀνδρὸς Πανερεῦτος τοῦ προγεγραμμένου, Πανεβχούνει καὶ Ὥρωι καὶ Φίβει καὶ Πασήμει τοῖς τέσσαρσι τῶν ἐκ

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ὁμοίως,homoiōs likewise, G3668 Adverb
31× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means similarly or in a like manner. It is used in Matthew 22:26 and Luke 10:37 to describe doing something in a similar way. It can also be used to describe a similarity in action or behavior.
Amplified meaning
similarly, in a like manner
Tyndale gloss
similarly
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὁμοίως (i.e., *homoiōs*) is an adverb meaning 'likewise' or 'in like manner.' It is derived from the root ὅμοιος and is used in various contexts, including several New Testament passages like Matthew 22:26 and Mark 4:16. The entries indicate that it can also imply equality or similarity in different situations.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁμοίως

(< ὅμοιος),

adv.,

likewise, in like manner, equally: Mt 22:26, Mk 4:16, Lk 10:37, al.; c. dat., Mt 22:39, Lk 6:31; ὁ. καί, Mt 22:26, Mk 15:31, al.; ὁ. καθώς, Lk 17:28; καθὼς . . . ὁ., Lk 6:31; ὁ. μέντοι καί, Ju 8.

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁμοίως, (ὅμοιος), advy., [fr. Pind., Hdt. down], likewise, equally, in the same way: Mk.iv. 16 (Trmrg. br. op.) ; Lk. 111. 11; x. 37; xiii 3 LT ΤΥ ΜΗ; 5RGLTrorg.; xvi. 25; xvii. 31: Jn.v.19; xxi.13; 1 Pet. iii. 1, 7; v.5; Heb. ix. 21; Rey. ii. 15 (for Rec. ὃ μισῶν); viii. 123 ὁμοίως καί, Mt. xxii. 26; xxvi. 35; Mk. xv. 31 [here Ree. ὁμ. δὲ καί ]; Lk. v. 33; xvii. 23RGL; xxii. 36; Jn. vi. 11; 1 Co. vii. 22 R G3 ὁμοίως μέντοι καί, Jude 8; ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Mt. xxvii. 41 RG (where T om. L br. δὲ καί, Tr br. δέ, WH om. δέ and br. καί); Lk. v.10; x. 32; 1 Co. vii. 3 (where Lbr. δέ), 4; Jas. ii. 25; and correctly restored by L Tr mrg. in Ro. i. 27, for R T Tr txt. WH ὁμοίως τε xai; cf. Fritzsche, Rom. i. p. 77; [W. 571 (531); B. § 149, 8]; ὁμοίως preceded by καθώς, Lk. vi. 81.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὁμοίως. An interesting parallel to Jn 519 where ὁμοίως should not be translated ‘‘in like manner” (RV) but ‘‘likewise’’ (AV : cf. 613, 2138) is afforded by P Par 478 (c. B.c. 153) (= Sedections, Ὁ. 22) where the writer bitterly exclaims—épvto τὸν Zapamw . . . ὅτι ψευδῆι πάντα καὶ of παρὰ σὲ θεοὶ ὁμοίως, “1 swear by Serapis that all things are false and your gods likewise.” Cf. 26. 608 (c. B.c. 154) ὁμοίως Kal Kérrafos, ὁμοίως kal Χεντοσνεύς, BGU IV. 116774 (B.c. 12) ἐφ᾽ ὧι ὁμοίως μὴ (ἐπελεύσε)σθαι τὴν ᾿Ισιδώ(ραν) κατὰ μη(δένα) τρόπί(ον), and Ῥ Ryl II. 243% (ii/a.p.) δέξαι παρὰ Νιννάρου is λόγον Εἰρήνης τὸ ἐπιβάλλον αὐτῇ μέρος καὶ is τὸν] λόγον Δημαρίου ὁμοίως δέξαι πα[ρ]ὰ [᾿Ατ]ρῆτος τὸ ἔπιβάλλον αὐτῇ μέρος, ‘receive from Ninnarus for Irene’s account the share belonging to her, and likewise from Hatres for Demarion’s account the share belonging to her.” The adv. is common= ‘‘ditto,” eg.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁμοίως (homoiōs) — similarly.

Included with: ὅμοιος

or (as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (compare ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later Epic dialect also ὁμοίιος (B, which see); Aeolic dialect ὔμοιος [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (adverb -ως[Refs 4th c.AD+] ὑμοῖος [Refs 4th c.BC+]: (ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc.: comparative -ότερος more like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative -ότατος most like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. the same, ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; hence (i.e. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging, αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]the same as ever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁμοίως

homoios

adverb from 3664; similarly:--likewise, so.

see GREEK for 3664

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁμοίως

Adv

in like manner

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁμοίως homoiōs 30x

likewise, in a similar manner, Mt. 22:26; 27:41

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adv — Adverb
adverb — it qualifies the verb, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

ADV ADVerb or adverb and particle combined

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%likewise
likewise100% · 31×

31 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial90%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 31 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςκύριοςlord, Lord, mast
ποιέωI do, make
δέησιςsupplication, prσύ
ἀνήρa male human being,
Article the
ἀπαρνέομαιI deny, disown, disr
σύ
βρῶμαfood of any kind
ἔχωI have, hold, po
ὁμοίωςlikewise,31×
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, πήραa sack, wallet
δέbut, on the other ha
καίand, even, also,
Article the
ἀρχιερεύςhigh priest, chiἐπίκακόςbad, evil
ποιέωI do, make
ἀπόλλυμιI destroy, lose, am

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁμοίως · 31× in the New Testament
Luke 1 Corinthians 1 Peter John Matthew Mark Revelation Hebrews James Jude Romans
Across the New Testament11 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Ignatius of Antioch The Epistle of Barnabas Polycarp
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 118c. AD 40

ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος εἴ τις ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειρήσειε τά τ’ ἐκτὸς καὶ ἐντὸς μέρη, καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἑπτὰ εὑρήσει·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.12c. AD 75–95

κἀμαυτῷ δὴ πρέπειν ἐνόμισα τὸ μὲν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως μιμήσασθαι μεγαλόψυχον, τῷ βασιλεῖ δὲ πολλοὺς ὁμοίως ὑπολαβεῖν καὶ νῦν εἶναι φιλομαθεῖς·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.9c. AD 100

αἰσθάνεσθαι οὖν ὀφείλομεν, μὴ ὄντες ἀσύνετοι, τὴν γνώμην τῆς ἀγαθωσύνης τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅτ̓ ἡμῖν λέγει, θέλων ἡμᾶς μὴ ὁμοίως πλανωμένους ἐκείνοις ζητεῖν, πῶς προσάγωμεν αὐτῷ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD

Σενπελαίαι, μέρους ἡμίσους τῶν πατρικῶν ἐγγαίων ὄντων δ ἔν τε τῶι Περιθήβας καὶ Παθυρίτηι, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν οἰκετικῶν σωμάτων, ἐν οἷς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Κόχλακος τῆς Ἀραβίας τοῦ

P.Lips. 1 7Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)108 BC

τοῦ ἐν τῆι Κροκοδίλων πόλει ἀρχείου τοῦ λγ ἔτους Χοίακ α ἐπὶ Πτολεμαίου ἀγορανόμου, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπιβάλλοντος μέρους Σεννήσει τῆι τοῦ Πατοῦτος θυγατρὶ τοῦ δηλουμένου δανείου

P.Adl. 20Poinkoris (Diopolites)99 BC

ἀδελφῶν ?, ἀπηλιώτου τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς σφραγῖδος, λιβὸς γῆ Ὥρου τοῦ Νεχούθου τοῦ ὠνουμένου· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῖς ψιλῶν τόπων ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ λιβὸς μέρει κώμης

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
συνοικοῦντεςsunoikeō dwelling with [them] G4924 Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · plural · masculine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To live with someone as a family, like a husband and wife, as seen in 1 Peter 3:7. It means residing together in a close relationship.
Tyndale gloss
to live with
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word συνοικέω (sunoikeō) is built from the prefix συν- meaning 'together' and οἰκέω meaning 'to dwell'. It primarily refers to living together, especially in the context of marriage, and is used in 1 Peter 3:7. The entries indicate a metaphorical use as well, describing associations or shared experiences.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

συν-οικέω, -ῶ

[in LXX for בּעל etc. ;]

to dwell together: of man and wife (Hdt., al.), c. dat. pers., I Pe 3:7,†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

συν-οικέω, -ῶ; to dwell together (Vulg. cohabito) : of the domestic association and intercourse of husband and wife, 1 Pet. iii. 7; for many exx. of this use, see Passow s.v.1; [L. and 5. s.v. I. 2]. cf. σύν, II. fin.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

συνοικέω, “‘live together’’ of man and wife, as in its only NT occurrence, I Pet 37: PSI I. 644 (i/B.c.?) συνοικ[ἡσουσά σοι ὧ]ς γνησ[ία] γαμετή, P Oxy II. 237% 33 (a.p. 186) εἰ συνοικεῖν ἀλλήλοις θέλοιεν, ““1( they wished to live together,” and 7d. XII. τ54815 (a.D. 202--3) ἡ - . θυγά{τηρ) pov συνοικοῦσα τῷ ἀνδίρὶ) ᾿Απολλωνίῳ. Cf. the similar use of συνοικισία in P Eleph 12 (B.C. 311-10), and of συνοικίσιον in P Oxy II. 266! (a.p. 96) κα[τὰ συ]νγραφὴν συνοικισίου, ‘in accordance with a contract of marriage,” αἱ. The verb is used more generally in P Amh II. 141° (A.D. 350) γνήσ]ιός pou ἀδελφ[ὸς . . Ἰσσος συνοικ[εῖ por, “*my full brother . . ssus lives with me,” and Chrest. 11. 96% 10 (after A.D. 350) ὃ παῖς kal cuv[o]ik(et> τῇ ἀδελφῇ. CE. also συνοικίζω in Sy/7/3 709! (c. B.C. 107) πόλιν ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου συνοικίξας. A new verb συνοικιάζω occurs in P Lond V. 1735" (late vi/a.D.), apparently…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

συνοικέω (sunoikeō) — to live with.

συνοικ-έω,

dwell or live together, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. τινί live with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of peoples, live together, form a community, συνοικήσων τούτοισι [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. live with in wedlock, of the man, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc.; of the woman, ἔοισα (perhaps νέοισι) γεραιτέρα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: absolutely, live in wedlock, [NT+5th c.BC+]; τούτων συνοικησάντων γίνεται Κλεισθένης from their marriage sprang Cleisthenes, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. metaphorically of feelings, circumstances, etc., μυρίον ἄχθος ᾧ ξυνοικεῖ with which he dwells, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡδοναῖς, ἀμαθίᾳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; βαρυτάτη συνοικῆσαι (i.e. ἄνομος μοναρχία) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἱππικοῖς ἐν ἤθεσιν πολὺς ξ. being much versed in their ways, [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

συνοικέω

sunoikeo

from 4862 and 3611; to reside together (as a family):--dwell together.

see GREEK for 4862

see GREEK for 3611

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

συνοικέω

v.

I dwell with, live in wedlock with

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

συνοικέω synoikeō 1x

to dwell with; to live or cohabit with, 1 Pet. 3:7*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

συνοικέω fut. ήσω to dwell together, Plat., etc.; ς. τινί to live with, Aesch., etc.

to live together in wedlock, cohabit, Hdt., Eur., etc.; τούτων συνοικησάντων γίνεται Κλεισθένης from their marriage sprang Cleisthenes, Hdt.

metaph., ἄχθος ᾧ ξυνοικεῖ the grief with which he is associated, Soph.; so, ς. φόβῳ Eur.; ἡδοναῖς, ἀμαθίᾳ Plat.; ἱππικοῖς ἐν ἤθεσι ξ. being versed in the ways of horses, Eur.

reversely, with the thing as subject, γῆρας ἵνα πάντα κακὰ κακῶν ξυνοικεῖ old age with which all evils are associated, Soph.; of the poisoned robe of Hercules, to cling closely, id. Soph.

c. acc. loci, to colonise jointly with, Κυρηναίοισι ς. Λιβύην Hdt.:—Pass., of a country, to be thickly peopled, Xen.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAP-NPM — Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · plural · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAP-NPM Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%dwelling with
dwelling with100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceσυνοικέω · 1× in the New Testament
1 Peter
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 5 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus
Philo of AlexandriaOn Drunkenness 155c. AD 40

οὐκοῦν ὅσοι ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὦτα ἐβλάβησαν, οὐδὲν ἔτι οὔτ’ ἰδεῖν οὔτ’ ἀκοῦσαι δύνανται, ἡμέραν μὲν καὶ φῶς, ὧν ἕνεκα μόνων, εἰ χρὴ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὸ ζῆν αἱρετόν, οὐκ εἰδότες, μακρῷ δὲ σκότῳ καὶ νυκτὶ αἰωνίῳ συνοικοῦντες, πρὸς πάντα καὶ μικρὰ καὶ μείζω…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 11.150c. AD 75–95

ἀλλʼ οἵ τε ἡγεμόνες τούτοις καὶ οἱ συνοικοῦντες ταῖς ἀλλοφύλοις παραγενέσθωσαν λαβόντες χρόνον καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἐξ οὗ ἂν θελήσωσιν τόπου τοὺς συνεπισκεψομένους τὸ τῶν γεγαμηκότων πλῆθος.

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
κατὰkata according to G2596 Preposition
473× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
According to means following or matching something. In the Bible, it's used to talk about things happening in line with God's plan or will, like in Matthew 8:32 and Mark 5:13.
Tyndale gloss
according to
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

κατά (kata) is a preposition used with the genitive and accusative cases, primarily meaning 'down' or 'against.' It indicates direction, motion, or relation, appearing in various contexts such as 'down from' (e.g., Mt 8:32) and 'against' (e.g., Mk 9:40). The word also conveys meanings like 'throughout' and 'according to.' Lexicons note its frequent use in the New Testament, with some variations in application.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146a),

prep. c. gen., acc.,

down, downwards.

C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2).

C. gen. rei, in local sense;

down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4;

throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37;

in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2.

C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense;

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

κατά, [on its neglect of elision before a vowel see Tf. Proleg. p. 95; cf. W. § 5, 1a.; B.10; WH. App. p. 1405], a preposition denoting motion or diffusion or direction from the higher to the lower; as in class. Grk., joined with the gen. and the acc. I. With the Genitive (W. § 47, k. p. 381 (357); [B. § 147, 20]); 1. prop. a. down from, down: κατὰ κατά 8 τοῦ κρημνοῦ, Mt. viii. 32; ΜΚ. v.13; Lk. viii. 33; κατέχεεν κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς (so that it flowed down from his head [οἷς W. 381 (357) note]; but it is more correct here to omit κατά with LT Tr WH; see καταχέω), Mk. xiv. 3; hence κατὰ κεφαλῆς (a veil hanging down from his head) ἔχων, 1 Co. xi. 4 ([Δ. V. having his head covered] cf. καταπέτασμα [or rather κάλυμμα (q. v.), but 566 ἔχω I. 1b.]). Ὁ. down upon (down into) anything: Acts xxvii. 14 [W. 381 (357) note!; ef. B.D. Am. ed. s. ν. Crete]; trop. 7 κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία reaching down…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

κατά, the favourite preposition of Polybius, by whom it is often used in place of ἐν, eis, and περί (Krebs Pra. p. 4), is also found with considerable variety of application in the NT, where it occurs 73 times c. gen., and 391 times c. acc. (cf. Proleg. p. 105). Brugmann (Awrze Vergletchende Grammazk, p. 479) considers that the earliest use of the word was “‘along ” something, so as to remain in connexion and contact with the object, and from this most of the senses found in the NT can be derived. I. (1) Turning to the construction c. gen. we find that the meaning ‘‘along” has passed into ‘‘down,” a usage not found in ΜΟΥ, in such passages as P Petr II. 18(26)!° (B.c. a ἐπιπεσὼν ἔτυπτεν [ad]t[o]v κατὰ τοῦ τραχήλου, Chest. τοῦ πνοήν: ἐξ Mt 8%, r Cor 114, 2 Cor 8%. (2) This in turn becomes ‘‘ against,” as in Mt τοῦδ, Mk 14°5, e.g. P Eleph 115 (B.c. 311-0) (= Se/ections, p. 4) ὅπου ἂν…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

κατά (kata) — according to.

κατά [κᾰτᾰ],

poetry καταί accusative to [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: preposition with genitive or accusative:— downwards.

__A WITH GEN.,

__A.I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ᾽ Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντε[Refs 5th c.BC+] — for κατ᾽ ἄκρης see.{ἄκρα}: Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

__A.II denoting downward motion,

__A.II.1 down upon or over, κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, [Refs]; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.. , [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [κόπρος] κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή [Refs]; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, see at {Χεί; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες} [Refs…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

κατά

kata

a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in

varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or

accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to),

after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even,

like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before,

beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered,

(dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for,

from ... to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), ...

by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X

mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over

against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout,

-oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost,

where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these

Read the full entry →
Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

κατά

Prep.

down from, against, according to, throughout, during

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

κατά kata 473x

down from, Mt. 8:32; down upon, upon, Mk. 14:3; Acts 27:14; down into; κατὰ βάθους, profound, deepest, 2 Cor. 8:2; down over, throughout a space, Lk. 4:14; 23:5; concerning, in cases of pointed allegation, 1 Cor. 15:15; against, Mt. 12:30; by, in oaths, Mt. 26:63; with an acc. of place, in the quarter of, about, near, at, Lk. 10;32; Acts 2:10; throughout, Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
45%according to
according to45% · 215×against12% · 57×in9% · 42×every5% · 24×by5% · 23×on3% · 13×other renderings15% · 72×other renderings7% · 34×

480 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 48 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial86%object5%predicate5%subject3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 473 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,πᾶςall, the whole, ἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
αὐτός
ποιέωI do, makeγυνήa woman, wife, mλαλέωI speak, say
καίand, even, also, nam
ἑκατόνIndecμέγαςσύ
οὐNeg
καίand, even, also,ἀλλάbut, exceptἔρχομαιI come, go
ἐγώ
μετάσυλλαμβάνωI seize, appreheγίνομαιI come into bein
κατάaccording to473×
what comes after →
Article the
νόμοςa law, the Mosaiἔργονwork, labor, actαὐτός
σάρξflesh, body
περιπατέωI walk, conduct ζάωI liveοὐNeg
ἴδιοςone’s own, private,
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,δέbut, on the othe
ἡμέραa day
ἐνεἰμίI am, existκαίand, even, also,
αὐτός
ὅπωςhow, in order thκαίand, even, also,λέγωI say, speak

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκατά · 473× in the New Testament
Acts Romans Luke Hebrews Matthew 2 Corinthians 1 Corinthians Ephesians Mark Galatians Colossians Philippians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 3c. AD 40

ἡ δ’ ἀρχή, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐστὶ θαυμασιωτάτη κοσμοποιίαν περιέχουσα, ὡς καὶ τοῦ κόσμου τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῦ νόμου τῷ κόσμῳ συνᾴδοντος καὶ τοῦ νομίμου ἀνδρὸς εὐθὺς ὄντος κοσμοπολίτου πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσεως τὰς πράξεις ἀπευθύνοντος, καθ’ ἣν καὶ ὁ σύμπας…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.7c. AD 75–95

ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ μείζων ἦν ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ λόγου περιβολή, κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον χωρίσας ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀρχαῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ τέλει τὴν γραφὴν συνεμέτρησα·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 2nd c. BC 6th c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος ὡς ἐτῶν μ χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πετεαρσεμθεὺς ὁ ἀποδόμενος, ὃν ἐδέξατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ἐπρίατο Πακοῖβις Πατοῦτος ὡς ἐτῶν λ χαλκοῦ δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων . προπωληταὶ καὶ βεβαιωταὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Νεχούτης καὶ ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἀποδόμενοι, ὃν ἐδέξατο Πακοῖβις

BGU 3 1000Pathyris99 BC

μελίχρως τετανὸς μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν χαλκοῦ δραχμὰς δισχιλίας καὶ διακοσίας . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πανοβχοῦνις ὁ ἀποδόμενος, ὃν ἐδέξατο Εὔνους ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
γνῶσινgnōsis knowledge G1108 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
29× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Knowledge or understanding is what this word represents, especially of spiritual truth, as in 1 Corinthians 1:5. It's about having insight or awareness, like in Luke 11:52.
Amplified meaning
according to knowledge, with thoughtful understanding
Tyndale gloss
knowledge
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

γνῶσις is a feminine noun meaning knowledge or understanding, derived from the verb γιγνώσκω. It encompasses a range of meanings from inquiry and investigation to a deeper spiritual knowledge, particularly in the New Testament. The term is often associated with knowledge of God and spiritual truths, appearing in various contexts, such as in Luke 11:52 and Romans 2:20. Some lexicons note distinctions between it and related terms like σοφία (wisdom) and φρόνησις (insight), highlighting its specific focus on knowledge.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — σοφία, φρόνησις, γνῶσις, ἐπίγνωσι from a scan

Σοφία, φρόνησις, and γνῶσις occur together, Dan. i. 4, 17. They are all ascribed to God (φρόνησις not in the N. T., 1 Augustine (Serm. Ixxi. 6. 10): ‘In eo quod dictum est, Deus neminem tentat, non omni sed quodam tentationis modo Deus neminem tentare intelligendus est: ne falsum sit illud quod scriptum est, Tentat vos Dominus Deus vester [Deut. xiii. 3]; et ne Christum negemus Deum, vel dicamus falsum Evangelium, ubi legimus quia interrogabat discipulum, tentans eum [Joh. vi. 6]. Est enim tentatio adducens peccatum, qua Deus neminem tentat: et est tentatio probans fidem, qua et Deus tentare dignatur.’ Cf. Serm. lvii. c. 9: Enarr. in Ps. lv. 1; Serm. 11. ¢. 3: ‘Deus tentat, ut doceat: diabolus tentat, ut decipiat.’ 282 SYNONYMS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. ὃδυχχνυ. for Ephes. i. 8 is not in point); σοφία and γνῶσις, Rom. Xi. 333 φρόνησις and σοφία, Prov. iii. 19; Jer. x. 12. There have been…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

γνῶσις, -εως, ἡ

(< γιγνώσκω),

[in LXX chiefly for דַּעַת ;]

a seeking to know, inquiry, investigation.

knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth: absol., Lk 11:52, Ro 2:20 15:14, I Co 1:5 (Lft., Notes, 147) 8:1, 7, 10, 11, 13:2, 8 14:6, II Co 6:6 8:7 11:6, Eph 3:19, Col 2:3, I Pe 3:7, II Pe 1:5, 6; c. gen. obj., σωτηρίας, Lk 1:77; τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

γνῶσις, -ews, 7, (γινώσκω), [fr. Thuc. down], knowledge: with gen. of the obj., σωτηρίας, Lk. i. 77; τοῦ θεοῦ, the knowledge of God, such as is offered in the gospel, 2 Co. ii. 14, esp. in Paul’s exposition of it, 2 Co. x. 5; τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ, 2 Co. iv. 6; ἸΙησοῦ Χριστοῦ, of Christ as a saviour, Phil. iii. 8; 2 Pet. iii. 18; with subj. gen. τοῦ θεοῦ, the knowledge of things which belongs to God, Ro. xi. 33. γνῶσις, by itself, signifies in general intelligence, understanding: Eph. iii. 19; the general knowledge of the Christian religion, Ro. xv. 14; 1 Co. i. 5; the deeper, more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced, 1 Co. xii. 8; xiii. 2, 8; xiv. 6; 2Co. vi. 6; viii. 7; xi. 6; esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians, 1 Co. viii. 1,7, 10 sq.; the higher knowledge of Christian and divine things which false…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

γνῶσις. An interesting example of this word in its more general sense is afforded by P Lond 130} (i/iia.p.) (= I. p. 133), where a horoscope is prefaced by a letter in which the writer urges his pupil to be attentive to the laws of the art which the ancient Egyptians had discovered and handed down— ἀπέλειπον τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν γνῶσιν. P Hib I. 9215 (B.c. 263) ἕως γνώσεως περὶ τῆς δίκης is translated by the editors “*until the decision of the suit.””. So in P Hal I. 1°° (iii/B.c.) ὅταν ἢ γνῶσις ἀναγνωσθῆι παρὰ δικαστῶν ἢ διαιτητῶν ἢ κριτῶν, and several times in the correspondence of Abinnaeus (iv/A.D.), as P Lond 23418 (c. B.c. 346) (= II. p. 287) ἀνενεχθήσεται εἰς γνῶσιν τοῦ αὐτοῦ κυρίου μου [δο]ῦκος. In P Oxy Ν. 1253%° (iv/A.D.), an official report of…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

γνῶσις (gnōsis) — knowledge.

γνῶσις, εως, ἡ,

seeking to know, inquiry, investigation, especially judicial, τὰς τῶν δικαστηρίων γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]

2. result of investigation, decision, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

II. knowing, knowledge, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; opposed to ἀγνωσίη, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἄγνοια, [LXX+5th c.BC+]

II. b higher, esoteric knowledge, [NT]

II.2. acquaintance with a person, πρός τινα Test. cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]

II.3. recognizing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II.4. means of knowing, [αἱ αἰσθήσεις] κυριώταται τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστα γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]

III. being known, γνῶσιν ἔχει τι, ={γνωστόν ἐστι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

III.2. fame, credit, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

IV. means of knowing: hence, statement in writing, [Refs 6th c.AD+]

V. ={γνῶμα}, [Refs 5th c.AD+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

γνῶσις

gnosis

from 1097; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication)

knowledge:--knowledge, science.

see GREEK for 1097

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

γνῶσις, εως, ἡ

n.f.

knowledge, doctrine, wisdom

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

γνῶσις gnōsis 29x

knowledge, Lk. 1:77; knowledge of an especial kind and relatively high character, Lk. 11:52; Rom. 2:20; 1 Tim. 6:20; more particularly in respect of Christian enlightenment, Rom. 15:14; 1 Cor. 8:10; 12:8; 2 Cor. 11:6, et al.

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

γνῶσις γιγνώσκω a judicial inquiry Dem.

a knowing, knowledge, Plat., NTest.

acquaintance with a person, πρός τινα ap. Aeschin.

a knowing, recognising, Thuc.

a being known, fame, credit, Luc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Nave's Topical Bible

→ Of good and evil Ge 2:9,17; 3:22

→ Is power Pr 3:20; 24:5

→ Desire for 1Ki 3:9; Ps 119:66; Pr 2; 3; 12:1; 15:14; 18:15

→ Rejected Ho 4:6

→ Those who reject are destroyed Ho 4:6

→ Fools hate Pr 1:22,29

→ A divine gift 1Co 12:8

→ Is pleasant Pr 2:10

→ Shall be increased Da 12:4

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%knowledge
knowledge100% · 29×

29 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial48%object31%subject17%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 29 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
πᾶςall, the whole, κλείςa keyμόρφωσιςform, outline
καίand, even, also, nam
σοφίαwisdomλόγοςa word, speech, χάριςgrace, favor, ki
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
καίand, even, also,ὅτιthat, since, bec
ἐν
Disjἁγνότηςpurity, chastity
δίδωμιI offer, give
Article the
γνῶσιςknowledge29×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherδόξαhonor, renown, gθεόςGod, a god
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἐάνCondπᾶςall, the whole,
αὐτός
οὐNegφανερόωI make clear, vi
ἐν
εἰδωλεῖονa temple for an μακροθυμίαpatience, forbea
σωτηρίαdeliverance, salvati
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceγνῶσις · 29× in the New Testament
1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians 2 Peter Romans Luke 1 Peter 1 Timothy Colossians Ephesians Philippians
Across the New Testament10 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 25 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome The Didache
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.126c. AD 40

οὐδ’ ὁ τοῦτον διακείμενος τὸν τρόπον ἱκανός ἐστι τὸ λόγιον φέρειν ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους μετὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἀλλὰ μόνος ὁ ἐναντίον κυρίου εἰσιών, τουτέστιν ὁ ἕνεκα θεοῦ πάντα πράττων καὶ μηδὲν τῶν μετὰ θεὸν ὑπερτιμῶν, ἀλλὰ νέμων μὲν καὶ τούτοις τὰ κατ’ ἀξίαν,…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.70c. AD 75–95

ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ διαφυγεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ ηὑρημένα μηδὲ πρὶν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν φθαρῆναι, προειρηκότος ἀφανισμὸν Ἀδάμου τῶν ὅλων ἔσεσθαι τὸν μὲν κατʼ ἰσχὺν πυρὸς τὸν ἕτερον δὲ κατὰ βίαν καὶ πλῆθος ὕδατος, στήλας δύο ποιησάμενοι τὴν μὲν ἐκ πλίνθου…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.5c. AD 100

λογισάμενος οὖν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐὰν μελήσῃ μοι περὶ ὑμῶν τοῦ μέρος τι μεταδοῦναι ἀφ̓ οὗ ἔλαβον, ὅτι ἔσται μοι τοιούτοις πνεύμασιν ὑπηρετήσαντι εἰς μισθόν, ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμπειν, ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 7th c. AD 8th c. AD 5th c. AD 4th c. AD
O.Claud. 4 865Mons ClaudianusAD 98–AD 117

Σαραπίων Μάρκῳ δεκουρίωνι χαίρειν. γνώσις οὖν ὅτι Πετεχῶν Πουώρεως οὐκ ἐξῆλθε. καλῶς ποιήσεις ἐὰν πέμψῃς μοι αὐτόν. ἔρρωσο.

P. Thead. 23Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 342

συνλαβόμενος καὶ καταναγκάσῃς ἀποκαταστῆσαί μοι τὰ κακῶς καθαρπασθέντα εἶτα τὰ γραφέντα ὑπὸ ἐμοῦ εἰς γνῶσιν τοῦ κυρίου μου δουκὸς ἀνενέγκῃς, αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐστιν τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τολμοῦντας ἐκδικεῖν, καὶ

P.Lond. 2 p. 271-272 no. 245Philagris (Arsinoites)AD 343

καταναγκάσῃς αὐτοὺς τοὺς τὴν σύλησιν πεποιηκότας σοι παραστῆσαι, εἶτα τὰ γραφέντα ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰς γνῶσιν τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν δουκὸς ἀνενέγκῃς· αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐστιν τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τολμῶντας ἐκδικεῖν. καὶ

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ὡςhōs as G5613 Adverb
502× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means as or when, showing a comparison or timing. It's used in many verses, like Mark 4:26 and 1 Corinthians 3:15, to show how things are done. It helps explain how or when something happens.
Tyndale gloss
as/when
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὡς is an adverb and conjunction derived from the relative pronoun ὅς. It is used in various contexts to mean 'as,' 'like,' or 'when,' and can indicate manner, comparison, or time. In the New Testament, it appears frequently to express similarity or to introduce clauses, such as in comparisons or temporal phrases. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.

As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as;

with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως . . . ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς . . . οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὡς [ Treg. (by mistake) in Mt. xxiv. 38 ὥς; cf. W. 462 (431); Chandler § 934, and reff. in Ebeling, Lex. Hom. s. v. p. 494

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὡς. Ι. = “45: P Goodsp Cairo 44 (ii/B.c.) (= Selections, Ῥ- 24) εἰ tppwoar . .. εἴη dv ὡς αἱρούμεθα, “if you are well, it will be as we desire,” BGU I. 1637 (A.D. 108) καὶ yap ἄλλοι ὡς πληγέντες ὑπὸ αὐτοῦ ἀναφόριον δεδώκασι, “for others have given information (from time to time) ἃ5 having been assaulted by him,” P Flor I. 5618 (A.p. 234) ὡς καθήκει, and BGU IV. το. 1 (iv/y A.D.) κα]ταβληθῆναι ὡς φονέα. 2. = “that,” ‘ how,” after verbs of saying, thinking, etc.: P Tebt I. τοῦ (B.c. 119) φρόντισον ὡς τὰ τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἐκπληρωθήσεται, “take care that the terms of his agreement are fulfilled” (Edd.), and P Tebt II. 4101? (i/A.D.) μν[ἤ]σθητι o[s] ἐν τῷ Τρ[ιστόμῳ pe ἐφιλοτ[ιυἹμοῦ σὺν ἐμοὶ μεῖναι, ‘remember how zealous you were at Tristomos to remain with me” (Fdd.). 3. Ὁ. ind. with dy, as in Σ Cor 125, cf. P Par 4615 (B.C. 152) ὡς ἂν εὐκαιρήσω, παραχρῆμα παρέσομαι πρός σε. 4. c. conj. with…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὡς (hōs) — as/when.

ὡς:—

Summary:

__A as adverb of Manner.

__A.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

__A.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. pronoun ὅς, as.

__A.Ac ὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

__A.Ad ὡς temporal, when.

__A.Ae ὡς Local, where,

__B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

__C,D various usages. adverb of Manner:

__A.Aa ὥς, Demonstr., ={οὕτως}, so, thus, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Ionic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥς simply ={οὕτως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__A.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὧς not even so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] are used in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα [Refs 4th c.AD+]; δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Thess. καὶ οὗς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; for this phrase the accentuation ὧς[Refs 2nd…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὡς

hos

probably adverb of comparative from 3739; which how, i.e. in that

manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that),

(according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like),

for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit,

unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.

see GREEK for 3739

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὡς

Adv

as, like as, how, while, so that

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὡς hōs 504x

conjunction formed from the relative pronoun ὅς, used as a comparative part. and conj., as, correlatively, Mk. 4:26; Jn. 7:46; Rom. 5:15; as, like as, Mt. 10:16; Eph. 5:8; according as, Gal. 6:10; as, as it were, Rev. 8:8; as, Lk. 16:1; Acts 3:12; before numerals, about, Mk. 5:13; conj. that, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὡς thus, as, so that, since

A. ADVERB of Manner, either ὥς (with accent) Demonstr. so, thus, Lat. sic;— or ὡς (without accent) Relat. as, Lat. ut. B. ὡς, as CONJUNCTION. C, D. various usages.

of Manner:

ὥς, Demonstr. = οὕτως, so, thus, Lat. sic, Hom., Hdt.; rare in attic:— καὶ ὥς, even so, nevertheless, οὐδ᾽ ὥς, μηδ᾽ ὥς, not even so, in no wise, Hom., Soph.

in Comparisons, ὥς . . , ὡς . . , so . . as . . , Lat. sic . . ut . . , Il., Plat.

thus, for instance, Od.

ὡς, Relat., as, Lat. ut, first in Hom.; οὕτως ὡς, Lat. sic ut; but the antec. is often omitted: similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε, where ὅτε often seems superfluous, ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] Il.:—this ὡς takes the accent at the end of a clause or when it follows the word dependent on it; θεὸς δ᾽ ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο, βόες ὥς…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adv — Adverb
adverb — it qualifies the verb, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

ADV ADVerb or adverb and particle combined

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

az: Conj. and adverb (usually Greek hos hosper, kathos), designating:

(1) Likeness: (a) between nouns (Ge 3:5; Jud 6:5; Php 2:8; Heb 11:27,29); (b) between verbs (Lu 6:36; Joh 5:30; 1Co 10:7); (c) between adjectives (1Co 15:48).

(2) Limitation (with respect to a particular aspect or relation) (1Pe 4:15,16).

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
60%as
as60% · 310×like16% · 84×when8% · 41×how4% · 21×about4% · 20×other renderings6% · 33×other renderings1% · 7×

516 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 22 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial31%predicate12%object4%subject4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 502 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πρόσωπονthe face, counteπούςthe footδιδάσκωI teach
σύ
πλησίονnear, nearby, a καρδίαthe heart, innerἀποστέλλωI send forth, se
καίand, even, also, nam
πολύςmuch, many, ofteαὐτόςλαόςa people, the cr
ἀλλάbut, except
γαμίζωI give in marriaθέλωI will, wish, deφανερῶςclearly, openly
εἰμίI am, exist
ὥραan hour, seasonὅτιthat, since, becοὐNeg
ὡςas502×
what comes after →
Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, mastἥλιοςthe sun, sunlighφῶςlight, a source
δέbut, on the other ha
πληρόωI fill, fulfill,γίνομαιI come into beinἀκούωI hear, listen
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἐνἐγώ
φωνήa sound, noise, voic
ὕδωρwaterβροντήthunderἐν
ἐν
Article theοὐρανόςthe sky, the heaκρυπτόςhidden, secret

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὡς · 502× in the New Testament
Revelation Acts Luke Matthew 1 Corinthians John 2 Corinthians 1 Peter Hebrews Mark Romans Ephesians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ἀσθενεστέρῳasthenēs with a weaker G772 Adjective · dative · singular · neuter
25× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word describes someone or something that is weak or feeble, lacking physical or moral strength, as mentioned in 1 Corinthians 1:27 and 2 Corinthians 10:10.
Tyndale gloss
weak
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀσθενής (*asthenēs*) means weak or without strength, derived from the negative prefix ἀ- and the root for strength. It covers a range of meanings, including physical weakness, sickness, and moral or spiritual frailty. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts discussing bodily infirmities (e.g., Matthew 25:39) and moral weaknesses (e.g., Romans 5:6).

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

* ἀσθενής, -ές

(< ἀ- neg., σθένος, strength),

[in LXX for עָנִי, etc.;]

without strength, weak, feeble: I Co 1:27 4:10 12:22, II Co 10:10, Ga 4:9, I Th 5:14, He 7:18, I Pe 3:7. Rhetorically, τό ἀ. τ. θεοῦ, God's action of apparent weakness: I Co 1:25; of bodily debility, sick, sickly: Mt 25:39 (Rec.) Mt 25:43, 44, Lk 9:2 (Rec.) 10:9, Ac 4:9 5:15, 16 In moral and spiritual sense (MM, s.v.…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀσθενής, -és, (τὸ σθένος strength), weak, infirm, feeble : (fr. Pind. down]; a. univ.: Mt. xxvi.41; Mk. xiv. 38; 1 Pet. iii. 7; τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ, the act of God in which weakness seems to appear, viz. that the suffering of the cross should be borne by the Messiah,1 Co. i. 25. Ὁ. spec.: contextually, unable to achieve anything great, 1 Co. iv. 10; destitute of power among men, 1 Co. i. 27 [Lchm. br.]; weaker and inferior, μέλος, 1 Co. xii. 22; sluggish in doing right, Ro. v. 6; wanting in manliness and dignity, 2 Co. x. 10; used of the religious systems anterior to Christ, as having no power to promote piety and salvation, Gal. iv. 9; Heb. vii. 18; wanting in decision about things lawful and unlawful (see ἀσθενέω), 1 Co. Vil! 7,9 LT Tr WH, 10%) ix; 22") Thy ν. 12 cos Γ the body, feeble, sick: Mt. xxv. 39 R G L mrg., 48 sq.; Lk. ix. 2 L Tr br.; x. 9; Acts iv. 9; v. 15 sq.; 1 Co. xi.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀσθενής. PAmh If. 784 (Α.10. 184) μου] πλεονεκτῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀσθενής (for —ov -οὖς !), 2. 1411 (A.D. 350) οὐ δυναμένη ἀφησυχάσαι γυνὴ [ἀσθε]νὴς καὶ χήρα κτλ. P Flor I. 58% (iii/A.D.) καταφρονο]ῦντές μου ὡς γυναικὸς ἀσ θ]ε[νο]ῦς. P Théad 2οἱ: 15 (iv/A.D.) τὰς ἀσθενεστέρας κώμας], “weaker ”’ financially. For the adv. see OG/S 7518 (ii/B.c.) ἐπεὶ θλιβέντες ἐμ πλείοσιν ἀσθενῶς [σχή]σετε. The definitely moral character of the adj. in Rom and 1 Cor may be illustrated by Epict. Déss. i. 8. 8, where the ἀσθενεῖς are coupled with the ἀπαίδευτοι. The adj. is curiously rare by comparison with its derivative verb and noun. Aowoyis. For inscriptional light on the meaning of this term it will be enough to refer to the archaologists: see esp. Ramsay’s bibliography in his art. sw voce in Hastings…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀσθενής (asthenēs) — weak.

ἀσθεν-ής, ές,

without strength, weak,

1. in body, feeble, sickly, τοὺς ἀσθενέας τῆς στρατιῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους ἐς τὰς ταλαιπωρίας least able to bear hardship, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀσθενέστερος πόνον ἐνεγκεῖν too weak to.., [Refs 4th c.BC+]. adverb ἀσθενῶς, ἴσχειν[Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. in mind, and the like, τὸ ἀ. τῆς γνώμης the weakness, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. in power, weak, feeble, ἀ. δύναμις[Refs 5th c.BC+]

4. in property, weak, poor, οἱ χρήμασιν ἀσθενέστεροι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀσθενέστεροι the weaker sort, i.e. the poor, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀσθενής

asthenes

from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4599; strengthless (in

various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble,

impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).

see GREEK for 1

see GREEK for 4599

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀσθενής, ές

Adj

weak, infirm, sick

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀσθενής asthenēs 26x

without strength, weak, infirm, Mt. 26:41; Mk. 14:38; 1 Pet. 3:7; helpless, Rom. 5:6; imperfect, inefficient, Gal. 4:9; feeble, without energy, 2 Cor. 10:10; infirm in body, sick, sickly, Mt. 25:39, 43, 44; weak, mentally or spiritually, dubious, hesitating, 1 Cor. 8:7, 10; 9:22; 1 Thess. 5:14; afflicted, distressed, oppressed with calamities, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀσθενής σθένος without strength, weak, feeble, weakly, Hdt., etc.; ἀσθενέστερος πόνον ἐνεγκεῖν too weak to bear labour, Dem.:— τὸ ἀσθενὲς ῀ ἀσθένεια, Thuc.

of property, weak, poor, Hdt., Eur.; οἱ ἀσθενέστεροι the weaker sort, i. e. the poor, Xen.

insignificant, οὐκ ἀσθενέστατος σοφιστής Hdt.; of streams, petty, small, id. Hdt.

adv. ἀσθενῶς, feebly, slightly, Plat.: comp. -έστερον or -έστερα id. Plat., Thuc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-DSN-C — Adjective · dative · singular · neuter
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-DSN-C Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter Degree: Comparative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
50%weak
weak50% · 13×sick23% · 6×weakness8% · 2×ailing4% · 1×without strength4% · 1×weak things4% · 1×weaker4% · 1×a weaker4% · 1×

26 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 8 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
predicate48%object24%adverbial20%subject4%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 25 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,γίνομαιI come into beinἐκφέρωI bring out, car
αὐτός
συνείδησιςthe conscienceἐνArticle the
ἐγώ
περιβάλλωI cast around, cεἰμίI am, existΧριστόςanointed, the Me
σάρξflesh, body
δέbut, on the othe
σῶμαbody, flesh
Article the
ἀσθενήςwith a weaker25×
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
ἐνλέγωI say, speakτίθημιI put, place
Article the
θεόςGod, a godκόσμοςthe world, unive
εἰμίI am, exist
μολύνωI soil, stain, pοἰκοδομέωI build, build u
Disj
ἐν
ἐν
τίςIrg

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀσθενής · 25× in the New Testament
1 Corinthians Acts Matthew 1 Peter 1 Thessalonians 2 Corinthians Galatians Hebrews Luke Mark Romans
Across the New Testament11 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome Polycarp The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.86c. AD 40

ἀσθενεῖς γὰρ καὶ εὐάλωτοι ἀμφότεραι, καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄφρων εὔληπτος τῷ φρονίμῳ καὶ ὁ δειλὸς ὑποπέπτωκε τῷ ἀνδρείῳ·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.26c. AD 75–95

Ἰώσηπον δὲ οὐδὲ πονηρὸν εἰς αὐτοὺς γεγενημένον διαφθεροῦσιν, ᾧ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀσθενὲς ἔλεον μᾶλλον καὶ τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐρανίζεται κηδεμονίαν·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 16.7c. AD 100

πρὸ τοῦ ἡμᾶς πιστεῦσαι τῷ θεῷ ἦν ἡμῶν τὸ κατοικητήριον τῆς καρδίας φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀσθενές, ὡς ἀληθῶς οἰκοδομητὸς ναὸς διὰ χειρός, ὅτι ἦν πλήρης μὲν εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ ἦν οἶκος δαιμονίων διὰ τὸ ποιεῖν, ὅσα ἦν ἐναντία τῷ θεῷ,

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 4th c. AD
CdÉ 12 (1937), p. 258-Arsinoites (?)AD 91–AD 92

ἀσθενὴς ἀπολελυμένος τῆς λαογραφίας τῶι … ἔτει Δομιτιανοῦ ὑπὸ Μεττίου Ῥούφου τοῦ ἡγεμονεύσαντος Σαταβοῦς Ακ

O.Claud. 4 754Mons ClaudianusAD 98–AD 117

σφυροκόποι Κουίντος Ἄρχων ἀσθενῶν Μάμουχις ἀκισκλάριοι ἀσθενῶν Μᾶρκος Ἰσιδώρου Ἀρτεμίδωρος Πρόκλος Ἥρων Πετένηφις δεκανὸς Ἰούλις ἐργάται

P.Mich. 9 549 VoKaranis (Arsinoites)AD 117–AD 118

νοοῦσα καὶ φρονοῦσα Σαμβάθιον Νείλου τοῦ Νείλου τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς μητροπόλεως ὡς ἐτῶν … ἀσθενὴς τὰς ὄψεις μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ … Σωκράτους τοῦ Σαραπίωνος τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς μητροπόλεως

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
σκεύειskeuos vessel G4632 Noun · dative · singular · neuter
23× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A vessel or implement, this word can refer to a container, a wife, or even a ship's sail. It appears in Mark 11:16 and Revelation 18:12, highlighting its various uses.
Amplified meaning
the weaker vessel, a fragile treasure
Tyndale gloss
vessel
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

σκεῦος is a neuter noun meaning a vessel or implement, often used in various contexts including household utensils, military equipment, and ship gear. In the New Testament, it appears in verses like Mark 11:16 and Romans 9:21, where it can also metaphorically refer to people, such as 'vessels of mercy' or 'vessels of wrath.' The term can denote both physical objects and the body as a vessel for the soul.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

σκεῦος, -ους, τό

[in LXX chiefly for כְּלִי ;]

a vessel, implement (for exx. in various senses, v. MM, xxii): Mk 11:16, Lk 8:16, Jo 19:29, Ac 10:11, 16 11:5, Ro 9:21, Re 18:12; pl., II Ti 2:20, Re 2:27; τὰ σ. τῆς λειτουργίας, He 9:21; pl., τὰ σ., utensils, goods, Mt 12:29, Mk 3:27, Lk…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

σκεῦος, -ous, τό, [prob. fr. τ. sku ‘to cover’; οἵ. Lat. scutum, cutis, obscurus; Curtius § 113; Vaniéek p.1115], fr. [Arstph.], Thue. down; Sept. for ὌΞ; 1. avessel: Mk. xi. 16; Lk. viii. 16; Jn. xix. 29; Acts x. 11,16; xi. 5; 2 Tim. ii. 20; Rev. ii. 27; xviii. 12; τὰ ox. τῆς λειτουργίας, to be used in performing religious rites, Heb. ix. 21; σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, unto honor, i. e. for honorable use, Ro. ix. 21; 2 Tim. ii. 21, (καθαρῶν ἔργων δοῦλα σκεύη. Sap. xv. 7); εἰς ἀτιμίαν, unto dishonor, i. e. for a low use (as, a urinal), Ro. ix. 21; σκεύη ὀργῆς, into which wrath is emptied, i. e. men appointed by God unto woe, hence the addition κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, Ro. ix. 22; σκεύη ἐλέους, fitted to receive mercy, —explained by the words ἃ προητοίμασεν eis δόξαν, ib. 23; τὸ σκεῦος is used of a woman, as the vessel of her husband, 1 Th. iv. 4 (see κτάομαι ; [al. take it here (as in 2 Co.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

σκεῦος, **a vessel” (Rom 9?! a/.). This common noun is used with a variety of applications, e.g. P Eleph 1451 (iii/B.c.) ἔκ τε κτηνῶν Kal σκενῶν, P Petr III. 107(@)i™ (ii/B.c.) fares are paid for the conveyance τῶν ᾿Αγήνορος σκενῶν, “οἵ Agenor’s furniture,” P Ryl 11. 138?3 (A.D. 34) ἐρίων σταθμία te kal ἕτερα σκεύη, “15. measures of wool, as well as other implements,” P Oxy I. 105% (A.D. 117-137) σκεύη καὶ ἔπιπλα, ‘‘movables and household stock,” P Tebt II. 38114 (A.D. 123) (= Selections, p. 78) σκεύηι kal ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἱματισμόν, ‘utensils and household-stock and clothing,” and P Grenf II. 7714 (iii/iv a.D.) (= Se/ectzons, p. 120) χάριν τῶν σκευῶν αὐτοῦ, ‘on account of his goods.” For σκεῦος = ‘‘(a ship's) tackle,” as in Ac 2717, cf. P Cairo Zen I. 590317° (B.c. 258) ἀδύνατογ yap μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἄνευ τῶν ἀναγκαίων σκευῶν πλεῖν τὰ πλοῖα, and Sy// 537 (= %969)* (B.C. 347-6) σ]υνγραφαὶ…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

σκεῦος (skeuos) — vessel.

σκεῦος, εος, τό,

vessel or implement of any kind, in singular, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—but the plural is frequently used in a collective sense, all that belongs to a complete outfit, house-gear, utensils, chattels, opposed to live-stock and fixtures, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. γεωργικά farming implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱερὰ σ. sacred vessels and implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; a druggist's stores, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; σ. τὰ ἐπιτράπεζα table-furniture, [Refs]; military accoutrements, equipment, τὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν ἵππων σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; baggage of an army, and, generally, baggage, luggage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνοι αὐτοῖς σκεύεσι packs and all, [Refs]; tackle, gear of ships, naval stores, etc., [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ σκέα (σκεύη) τοῦ πλοίου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (so, collectively, in singular…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

σκεῦος

skeuos

of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus

(literally or figuratively (specially, a wife as contributing to the

usefulness of the husband)):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

σκεῦος, ους, τό

n.n.

a vessel to contain liquid, utensil, tackle

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

σκεῦος skeuos 23x

a vessel, utensil for containing anything, Mk. 11:16; Lk. 8:16; Rom. 9:21; any utensil, instrument; σκεύη, household stuff, furniture, goods, etc., Mt. 12:29; Mk. 3:27; the mast of a ship, or, the sail, Acts 27:17; met. an instrument, means, organ, minister, Acts 9:15; σκεύη ὀργῆς and σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels of wrath, or, of mercy, persons visited by punishment, or, the divine favor, Rom. 9:22, 23; the vessel or frame of the human…

Read the full entry →
Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

σκεῦος σκεῦος, ος, εος, τό, a vessel or implement of any kind, Ar., Thuc., etc.:—pl. in collective sense, furniture, house-gear, utensils, chattels, Ar.:—esp. of military accoutrements, equipment, Thuc., Xen.: baggage, luggage, Lat. impedimenta, Ar., Xen.:— the tackling or gear of ships, Xen., NTest.

an inanimate object, a thing, Plat.

metaph., τὸ σκεῦος, the body, as the vessel of the soul, NTest.; σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς a chosen vessel, of St. Paul, id. NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DSN — Noun · dative · singular · neuter
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

ves'-el: Is used freely in English Versions of the Bible to translate keli, the Aramaic ma'n, and skeuos, words all meaning "an implement or utensil" of any kind, when the context shows that a hollow utensil is meant. In 1Sa 21:5, however, the translation of the plural of keli by "vessels" is dubious. English Versions of the Bible evidently intended something in the nature of provision wallets, and the "holiness" of such objects finds partial parallels in Nu 19:15; Le 11:32-34, etc. But in 1Sa 21:8, in the immediate context of the verse above, keli certainly means "weapons," and this translation is quite intelligible in 21:5 also. For war among the Hebrews was a holy…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
43%vessel
vessel43% · 10×vessels26% · 6×goods13% · 3×article9% · 2×gear4% · 1×a vessel4% · 1×

23 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object44%subject30%adverbial13%predicate9%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 23 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,εἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἀναλαμβάνωI take up, raise
καταβαίνωI go down, come down
καίand, even, also,ὅραμαa spectacle, vis
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
καίand, even, also,
διαφέρωI carry through, dif
τὶς
αὐτός
καλύπτωI veil, hide, co
σκεῦοςvessel23×
what comes after →
αὐτός
ἁρπάζωI seize, snatch,διαρπάζωI plunder, rob tἐν
Article the
λειτουργίαa charitable gifγυναικεῖοςbelonging to womκεραμικόςof clay, made by
τὶς
ὡςas, like as, how
εἰς
Article theτιμήa price, honor
διά
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσκεῦος · 23× in the New Testament
Acts Revelation Romans 2 Timothy Luke Mark 1 Peter 1 Thessalonians 2 Corinthians Hebrews John Matthew
Across the New Testament12 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 139 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.102c. AD 40

διὰ τοῦθ’ εὑρήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ σκεύη πάντα αὐτῆς πρότερον μὲν ὑπὸ Μωυσέως, αὖθις δ’ ὑπὸ Βεσελεὴλ κατασκευαζόμενα·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 3.57c. AD 75–95

πολὺς γὰρ ὁ ἄργυρός τε καὶ χρυσὸς ἐγκατελήφθη ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ σκεύη χαλκᾶ, οἷς ἐχρῶντο περὶ τὴν δίαιταν, πολὺ δὲ ἐπίσημον πλῆθος ἑκατέρων ὅσα τε ὑφαντὰ καὶ κόσμοι περὶ τὰς ὁπλίσεις ἥ τε ἄλλη θεραπεία καὶ κατασκευὴ ἐκείνων λεία τε παντοία κτηνῶν…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 7.3c. AD 100

γεγραμμένης ἐντολῆς: Ὃς ἂν μὴ νηστεύσῃ τὴν νηστείαν, θανάτῳ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται, ἐνετείλατο κύριος, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτιῶν ἔμελλεν τὸ σκεῦος τοῦ πνεύματος προσφέρειν θυσίαν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ τύπος ὁ γενόμενος ἐπὶ Ἰσαὰκ τοῦ προσενεχθέντος…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 4th c. AD
P.Athen.. 32Karanis? (Arsinoites)AD 39

μμθετου τῶν ἀπὸ Καρανίδος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου ἀπηνέγκαντο ἱματισμὸν … πάντες βε … σκεύη καὶ ἐπήνεγκάν μοι πληγὰς πλείστας εἰς τὸ τυχὸν μέρος τοῦ σώματος … ἐπιθέντες τη

P.Lond. 2 p. 167-169 no. 177Bakchias (Arsinoites)AD 40

μου Ὀρσενούφι καὶ Σισοΐτι καὶ Πετοβάστι καὶ Μαρρῆτι καὶ τὰ ἐν τῆι οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ σκεύη τε καὶ ἕτερα τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν Ταοννώφρι ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς χρόνον. ἐν

P.Mich. 5 322 aTebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 46

Ψύφι καὶ Ψενκήβκι πάντα ὅσα ποτὲ ἐὰν καταλείψῃ ὁ αὐτὸς Ψῦφις ὃς καὶ Ἁρποχρατίων σκεύη καὶ ἐπίπλοα καὶ ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἐνοφειλόμενα καὶ κτήνη παντοῖα, ἑκάστῳ ὁμοίως κατὰ τὸ τρίτον

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
τῷho with the G3588 Article · dative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-DSN — Article · dative · singular · neuter
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-DSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
with the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
γυναικείῳgunaikeios female G1134 Adjective · dative · singular · neuter
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Feminine, referring to something related to women or wives, as in 1 Peter 3:7. This term is used to describe the female sex or characteristics associated with women.
Tyndale gloss
feminine
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

γυναικεῖος is an adjective meaning 'of or belonging to women' or 'feminine.' It is derived from γυνή (woman) and is used in contexts related to women, including in 1 Peter 3:7. The term can also carry negative connotations, such as 'womanish' or 'effeminate.' Its usage spans various texts from classical literature to the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

γυναικεῖος, -α, -ον

(< γυνή),

[in LXX chiefly for אִשָּׁה ;]

female: I Pe 3:7.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

γυναικεῖος, -εία, -eiov, of or belonging to a woman, feminine, female: 1 Pet. iii. 7. (From Hom. down; Sept.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

γυναικεῖος. An apt parallel to the use of this word in 1 Pet 3? is afforded by P Oxy 11. 261'* (a.p. 55) where a woman appoints her grandson to act as her representative in a lawsuit—ov δυναμένη προσκαρτερῆσαι τῷ κριτηρίῳ διὰ γυναικείαν ἀσθένειαν, ‘‘ since she is unable owing to womanly weakness to remain at the court” (Edd.). See also P Petr I. 128 (B,c.. 238) as completed IIs Introd. p. 12 χυτῶνος ἐρέου γυναικείου, ‘a woman's woollen chzfon,” PSI I. 6419 , 7.9 51) (?i/B.c.) in which a woman comes under a solemn promise toaman.. . οὐθενὶ ἄλλωι [ἀ]νθρώπων σ[υ]νέσεσθαι κατὰ γυναικεῖον τρόπον πλὴν] σοῦ, P Lond 1917 (A.D. 103-17) (= IL. p. 264) δίφρος χαλκοῦς γυναικεῖος, P Oxy IIT. 49378 (early ii/A.D.) γυνικεῖον (1. γυναικ-) κόσμον, P Hamb 1. 10% (ii/A.D.) γυναικείας συνθέσις, ‘ladies’ evening dresses,” to which robbers had helped themselves, together with ten πλατύσημο[ι y]uvatketa[t…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

γυναικεῖος (gunaikeios) — feminine.

γῠναικ-εῖος, α, ον

[Refs 5th c.BC+]: Ionic dialect γῠναικ-ήιος, η, ον: (γυνή):— of or belonging to women, feminine, γυναικεῖαι βουλαί a woman's designs, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σκεῦος (i.e. woman) [NT]; γ.αἰδοῖον, τόποι, χῶροι, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κόλπος (={αἰδοῖον}) [Refs 2nd c.AD+]leucorrhoea, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἡγ. θεός, = Latin bona dea, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; γ. πόλεμος war with women, [Refs 1st c.BC+]

2. in bad sense, womanish, effeminate, πένθος [Refs 7th c.BC+]. adverb -είως, πικραίνεσθαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. as substantive,

II.1. ἡ γυναικεία, Ionic dialect -ηΐη, ={γυναικών}, part of the house reserved for the women, [LXX+5th c.BC+]

II.1. b ἡ γ. (i.e. ἀγορά), [Refs 4th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

γυναικεῖος

gunaikeios

from 1135; feminine:--wife.

see GREEK for 1135

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

γυναικεῖος, α, ον

Adj

belonging to woman, of woman

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

γυναικεῖος gynaikeios 1x

pertaining to women, female, 1 Pet. 3:7*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

γυναικεῖος γυνή of or belonging to women, like women, befitting them, feminine, Lat. muliebris, Od., etc.:— ἡ γ. θεός, the Roman bona dea, Plut.: γ. πόλεμος war with women, Anth.

in bad sense, womanish, effeminate, Plat., etc.

as Subst. ἡ γυναικηΐη = γυναικών, the women's apartments, harem, Hdt.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-DSN — Adjective · dative · singular · neuter
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-DSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

fe'-mal: Two Hebrew words are thus translated:

(1) neqebhah, which is merely a physiological description of the sexual characteristic (from naqabh, "to perforate"), and which corresponds to zakhar, "male" (see under the word).

(2) 'ishshah, with the irregular plural nashim (only Ge 7:2, in all other places "wife," "woman"), the feminine form of 'ish, "man."

The Greek word is thelus, literally, "the nursing one," "the one giving suck" (from thelazo, "to suckle").

Israelitic law seems frequently guilty of unjust partiality in favor of the male sex, but we have to consider that most of these legal and religious disabilities of women can be explained from the social conditions prevailing at the time of legislation. They are therefore found also in contemporaneous Gentilereligions. Though traces of this prejudice against the weaker sex are…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%female
female100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceγυναικεῖος · 1× in the New Testament
1 Peter
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 4 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria
JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 13.108c. AD 75–95

τιμωρίαν μέντοι τῶν τετολμημένων Ἀμμώνιος ὑπέσχεν κατασφαγεὶς αἰσχρῶς ὡς γυνή, κρύπτειν ἑαυτὸν σπουδάσας στολῇ γυναικείῳ, καθὼς ἐν ἄλλοις δεδηλώκαμεν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC

r Ἀπολλωνίου κεράμια σκ· Χαριδήμου καυνάκαι β πο μναῖ λ δραχμαὶ λζ τριώβολον, χιτὼν γυναικεῖος δραχμαὶ μ, ποδείων ζεῦγος α δραχμαὶ δ· Κόνωνος ἱμάτιον δραχμαὶ κε. ἔτους λϛ, Δίου

καινὸν ἕν περιστρω … κοκκίναι παλαιαὶ βαρυγαύδης κόκκινος πανδόσεις … νατωριων ζεῦγος δίφρος χαλκοῦς γυναικεῖος στάμνος … ξεστιων χαλκισκάριον ὀρινὸν ξυστρία τρία … λυχνίας πάστη χαλκῆ κελλάριον μικρὸν σὺν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ἀπονέμοντεςaponemō rendering G632 Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · plural · masculine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Tyndale gloss
to render as due
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀπο-νέμω

(< νέμω, to distribute),

[in LXX: De 4:19 (חלק), III Mac 1:7 3:16*;]

to assign, apportion: I Pe 3:7. (In π. of a Prefect who renders to all their dues; v. MM, s.v.)†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀπο-νέμω ; (νέμω to dispense a portion, to distribute), fo assign, portion out, (ἀπό as in ἀποδίδωμι [q- v., cf. ἀπό. V.]): τινί τι Viz. τιμήν, Showing honor, 1 Pet. iii. 7, (so Hdian. 1, 8, 13 τὴν τιμὴν καὶ THY εὐχαριστίαν, Joseph. antt. 1, 7, 1; τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ πᾶσαν ἐντροπήν, Ignat. ad Magnes. 3; first found in [Simon. 97 in Anthol. Pal. 7, 253, 2 (vol. i. Ρ- 64 ed. Jacobs)]; Pind. Isthm. 2, 68; often in Plat., Aristot., Plut., al.).

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀπονέμω. In P Oxy I. 71.3 (Α.Ὁ. 303) a Prefect is praised as rendering to all their due—maor τὰ U[S]ta ἀπονέμις : cf. 70. > , ἀποόρεω IX. 1185 (c. A.D. 200) τὰς περὶ τῶν γυμνασιαρχιῶν καὶ ἀγορανομιῶν ἐφέσις τοῖς κρατίστοις ἐπιστρατήγοις ἀπένειμα, the ‘‘ assigning” of appeals to the strategi. See also OG/S go!” (Rosetta stone, B.C. 196) τὸ δίκαιον πᾶσιν ὀπένειμεν, 76. 11619 (ii/B.C.) ἐπ᾽ [αὐταῖς τὰς ἀξίας] χάριτας ἀπονέμοντες [del τοῖς εὐεργετήσασιν], and Sy// 325% (i/B.C.) βουλόμενος τὰς τῆς evoeBel(]as χάριτας Tots θεοῖς ἀπονέμειν, which come near the use in I Pet 37.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀπονέμω (aponemō) — to render as due.

ἀπονέμ-ω,

future -νεμῶ[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—portion out, impart, assign, ἡμῖν.. ταῦτ᾽ ἀπένειμε τύχη[NT+5th c.BC+]; aorist imperative ἀπόνειμον render, impart, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, assign or take to oneself, τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]feed on, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπονέμεσθαι τῶν πατρῴων help oneself to a share of.., [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be assigned, τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς[Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be rendered, θεῷ[Refs 3rd c.AD+]

II. part off, divide, of logical division, ἐπὶ τἀναντία ἀ. τοῖς ὀνόμασι[Refs 5th c.BC+] — in passive [Refs]

III. passive, to be taken away, subtracted, [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀπονέμω

aponemo

from 575 and the base of 3551; to apportion, i.e. bestow:--give.

see GREEK for 575

see GREEK for 3551

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀπονέμω

v.

I apportion, render as due

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀπονέμω aponemō 1x

to portion off; to assign, bestow, 1 Pet. 3:7*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀπονέμω to portion out, impart, assign, τί τινι Hdt. Attic:—Mid. to assign or take to oneself, Plat.; ἀπονέμεσθαί τι to feed on, Ar.: c. gen. partit. to help oneself to a share of a thing, Plat.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAP-NPM — Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · plural · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAP-NPM Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%rendering
rendering100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceἀπονέμω · 1× in the New Testament
1 Peter
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
τιμὴνtimē honor G5092 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
41× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Honor refers to the value or esteem given to someone or something. In the Bible, it can mean a price paid or the dignity and respect given to a person, as seen in Romans 12:10 and 1 Timothy 5:17.
Amplified meaning
respect, high esteem
Tyndale gloss
honor
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

τιμή (timē) means both 'honor' and 'price.' It encompasses the concept of value, whether in terms of esteem or monetary worth, as seen in various New Testament contexts like Matthew 27:6 and 1 Corinthians 6:20. The word is derived from the verb τίω (tiō), which means to estimate or honor. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ

[in LXX for עֵרֶךְ, יְקָר, etc. ;]

a valuing, hence, objectively;

a price paid or received: c. gen. pers., Mt 27:9; c. gen. rei, Ac 5:2, 3; pl., Ac 4:34 19:19; τ. αἵματος, Mt 27:6; ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς, I Co 6:20 7:23; ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς ἀργυρίου, Ac 7:16.

esteem, honour: Ro 12:10 13:7, I Co 12:23, I Ti 5:17 6:1,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ, (fr. τίω, to estimate, honor, pf. pass. τέτιμαι), fr. Hom. down, Sept. for Σ (a valuing, rating), Wad, 1), 137; 1. a valuing by which the price is fixed; hence the price itself: of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold, with a gen. of the pers. Mt. xxvii. 9; with a gen. of the thing, Acts v. 2sq.; plur., Acts iv. 34; xix. 19; τιμὴ αἵματος, the price paid for killing, [ef. ‘blood-money’], Mt. xxvii. 6 ; ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς, (not gratis, but) with a price, i. e. (contextually, with emphasis) at a great price [B. § 132, 13; yet see W. 595 (553)], 1 Co. vi. 20 [here Vulg. magno pretio|; vii. 23; ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς ἀργυρίου, to buy for a price reckoned in silver, i.e. for silver, Acts vii. 16; thing prized [A.V. honor], Rev. xxi. 24 [Ree.], 26. 2. honor which belongs or is shown to one: the honor of one who outranks others, pre-eminence, δόξα x. τιμή, Heb.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

τιμή (1) ‘‘honour,” as in Jn 4“: P Tebt I. 334 (B.c. 112) (= Selections, p. 30) preparations for the visit of a Roman senator, who is described as ἐν plfove ἀξιώματι κα[ὶ] τιμῆι κείμενος, ‘‘occupying a position of highest rank and honour,’ and P Oxy I. 412 (iii/iv A.p.) account of a popular demonstration in honour of the prytanis, who replies τὴν μὲν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν τιμὴν ἀσπάζομαι καί ye ἐπὶ τούτῳ σφόδρα χαίρω, “1 acknowledge with great pleasure the honour which you do me”’ (Edd.). Hence the phrase εἰς τὴν τιμήν, “out of regard for,’’ in such passages as BGU III. 84419 (A.p. 83) (= Olsson Papyrusbriefe, p. 140) καλῶς δὲ ποιήσεις παρασχὼν Διοσκόρῳ χάνας ἴ εἰς ἐμὴν τειμήν, and P Giss I. 6611 (early ii/A.D.) ἐρωτῶ [ole εἴς τε τὴν τῶν θεῶν εὐσέβειαν Kal els ἡμετέραν τιμὴν ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόϊν. With 1 Cor 1258 we may compare BGU IV. 114119 (B.c. 14) εἰ od μέν μοι kal τιμὴν περιτιθεῖς. In further…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

τιμή (timē) — honor.

τῑμ-ή, ἡ,

(τίω, see ad near the end).

I. worship, esteem, honour, and in plural honours, such as are accorded to gods or to superiors, or bestowed (whether by gods or men) as a reward for services, τιμῆς ἔμμοροί εἰσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τ. τίθεσθαι or ἄγειν τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τιμὴν νεῖμαι, ἀπονέμειν τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς φίλοις τιμὰς νέμειν pay due regard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τιμὰς ὤπασας, πορών, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τ. εὑρίσκεσθαι, δέκεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τιμῆς λαχεῖν, τυχεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ γεραίτεροι ταῖς τῶν νέων τιμαῖς ἀγάλλονται paid to them by the young, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the honour due to them, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with honour, honourably, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τιμῆς ἕνεκα as a mark of honour, [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

τιμή

time

from 5099; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively)

valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or

the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.

see GREEK for 5099

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

τιμή, ῆς, ἡ

n.f.

a price, honor

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

τιμή timē 41x

a pricing, estimate of worth; price, value, Mt. 27:9; price paid, Mt. 27:6; meton. a thing of price, and collectively, precious things, Rev. 21:24, 26; preciousness, 1 Pet. 2:7; substantial value, real worth, Col. 2:23; careful regard, honor, state of honor, dignity, Rom. 9:21; Heb. 5:4; honor conferred, observance, veneration, Rom. 2:7, 10; 12:10; mark of favor and consideration, Acts 28:10

Read the full entry →
Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

τιμή τι_μή, ἡ, τίω that which is paid in token of worth or value:

worship, esteem, honour, and in pl. honours, Hom., etc.; ἐν τ. ἄγεσθαι, τίθεσθαι τινά Hdt.; ἀπονέμειν, ἀποδοῦναι Soph., Plat.:—c. gen., ἡ τ. θεῶν the honour due to them, Aesch.

honour, dignity, lordship, Hom.:— the prerogative of a king, and in pl. prerogatives, Od., Trag.

a dignity, office, magistracy, and in pl., like Lat. honores, civil honours, Hdt., attic; οἱ ἐν τιμαῖς men in office, Eur.; τιμὴ ἄχαρις a thankless office, Hdt.

an authority, magistracy, τ. δίσκηπτρος, of the Atridae, Aesch., Soph.

a present of honour, offering, Hes., Aesch.: a reward, present, Lat. honorarium, Soph.

of things, worth, value, or price, Lat. pretium, ἐξευρίσκειν τιμῆς τι to get a thing at a price (i. e. a high price), Hdt.; ἐμοὶ δὲ τιμὰ…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
74%honor
honor74% · 32×proceeds7% · 3×a price5% · 2×price5% · 2×a sum2% · 1×prices2% · 1×honors2% · 1×preciousness2% · 1×

43 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 8 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object39%adverbial32%subject15%predicate10%indirect object2%second object2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 41 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,ἀπόἀργύριονsilver, a shekel
καίand, even, also, nam
δόξαhonor, renown, gδέbut, on the otheἁγιασμόςsanctification,
εἰς
μένDisjσκεῦοςa vessel to cont
πολύςmuch, many, often
καίand, even, also,ὅσος
ἐπείafter, for, since, o
κορβᾶνHebr
τιμήhonor41×
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
δόξαhonor, renown, gArticle theἀφθαρσίαindestructibilit
Article the
τιμάωI value at a priπιπράσκωI sellχωρίονa place, piece o
στεφανόωI crown, adorn
αὐτόςὅπωςhow, in order th
αἷμαblood
εἰμίI am, exist
οὐNeg
ἔχωI have, hold, po

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceτιμή · 41× in the New Testament
Acts Revelation Romans 1 Corinthians 1 Timothy Hebrews 1 Peter 2 Timothy Matthew 1 Thessalonians 2 Peter Colossians
Across the New Testament13 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 43 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 37c. AD 40

ὀνομάζει δὲ καὶ ἡμέραν μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ δευτέραν, ὅλον ἡμέρας διάστημα καὶ μέτρον ἀνατιθεὶς οὐρανῷ διὰ τὴν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀξίωσίν τε καὶ τιμήν.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.72c. AD 75–95

Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἑπτὰ γενεὰς διέμειναν θεὸν ἡγούμενοι δεσπότην εἶναι τῶν ὅλων καὶ πάντα πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀποβλέποντες, εἶτα προϊόντος χρόνου μεταβάλλονται πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον ἐκ τῶν πατρίων ἐθισμῶν μήτε τὰς νενομισμένας τιμὰς ἔτι τῷ θεῷ παρέχοντες μήτε τοῦ πρὸς…

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 45.8c. AD 96

οἱ δὲ ὑπομένοντες ἐν πεποιθήσει δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν ἐκληρονόμησαν, ἐπήρθησάν τε καὶ ἔγγραφοι ἐγένοντο ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ μνημοσύνῳ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 28Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)109 BC

ἀρτάβας ἡμιολίους, ἧς δʼ ἐὰν μὴ ἀποδῶι ἀρτάβης ἀποτεισάτω τὴν ἐσομένην ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ τιμὴν ἡμιόλιον, ἡ δὲ πρᾶξις ἔστω … … ἐκ τοῦ δεδανεισμένου Φμόιτος καὶ ἐκ τῶν

P.Grenf. 2 33Pathyris101 BC

γεωργῆσαι ἧς ἔθεντο μίσθωσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ προκειμένου ἔτους οὗ καὶ συμπεπεῖσθαι αὐτῷ τῆς συγχωρηθείσης τιμῆς χαλκοῦ ταλάντων δύο δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων τριακοσίων · καὶ μὴ ἐπελεύσεσθαι μήτʼ αὐτὸν Ψενενοῦπιν ἐπὶ

P.Adl. 15Pathyris (?)101 BC

γέγραπται ἀποτεισάτω ἐν τῷ ἐχομένωι μηνὶ παραχρῆμα ἡμιόλιον ἢ τὴν ἐσομένην ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾶι τιμήν, καὶ ἡ πρᾶξις ἔστω Ὥρῳ ἐκ τοῦ δεδανεισμένου καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ ἑκάστου αὐτῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ὡςhōs since G5613 Adverb
502× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means as or when, showing a comparison or timing. It's used in many verses, like Mark 4:26 and 1 Corinthians 3:15, to show how things are done. It helps explain how or when something happens.
Tyndale gloss
as/when
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὡς is an adverb and conjunction derived from the relative pronoun ὅς. It is used in various contexts to mean 'as,' 'like,' or 'when,' and can indicate manner, comparison, or time. In the New Testament, it appears frequently to express similarity or to introduce clauses, such as in comparisons or temporal phrases. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.

As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as;

with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως . . . ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς . . . οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὡς [ Treg. (by mistake) in Mt. xxiv. 38 ὥς; cf. W. 462 (431); Chandler § 934, and reff. in Ebeling, Lex. Hom. s. v. p. 494

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὡς. Ι. = “45: P Goodsp Cairo 44 (ii/B.c.) (= Selections, Ῥ- 24) εἰ tppwoar . .. εἴη dv ὡς αἱρούμεθα, “if you are well, it will be as we desire,” BGU I. 1637 (A.D. 108) καὶ yap ἄλλοι ὡς πληγέντες ὑπὸ αὐτοῦ ἀναφόριον δεδώκασι, “for others have given information (from time to time) ἃ5 having been assaulted by him,” P Flor I. 5618 (A.p. 234) ὡς καθήκει, and BGU IV. το. 1 (iv/y A.D.) κα]ταβληθῆναι ὡς φονέα. 2. = “that,” ‘ how,” after verbs of saying, thinking, etc.: P Tebt I. τοῦ (B.c. 119) φρόντισον ὡς τὰ τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἐκπληρωθήσεται, “take care that the terms of his agreement are fulfilled” (Edd.), and P Tebt II. 4101? (i/A.D.) μν[ἤ]σθητι o[s] ἐν τῷ Τρ[ιστόμῳ pe ἐφιλοτ[ιυἹμοῦ σὺν ἐμοὶ μεῖναι, ‘remember how zealous you were at Tristomos to remain with me” (Fdd.). 3. Ὁ. ind. with dy, as in Σ Cor 125, cf. P Par 4615 (B.C. 152) ὡς ἂν εὐκαιρήσω, παραχρῆμα παρέσομαι πρός σε. 4. c. conj. with…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὡς (hōs) — as/when.

ὡς:—

Summary:

__A as adverb of Manner.

__A.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

__A.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. pronoun ὅς, as.

__A.Ac ὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

__A.Ad ὡς temporal, when.

__A.Ae ὡς Local, where,

__B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

__C,D various usages. adverb of Manner:

__A.Aa ὥς, Demonstr., ={οὕτως}, so, thus, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Ionic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥς simply ={οὕτως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__A.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὧς not even so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] are used in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα [Refs 4th c.AD+]; δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Thess. καὶ οὗς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; for this phrase the accentuation ὧς[Refs 2nd…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὡς

hos

probably adverb of comparative from 3739; which how, i.e. in that

manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that),

(according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like),

for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit,

unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.

see GREEK for 3739

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὡς

Adv

as, like as, how, while, so that

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὡς hōs 504x

conjunction formed from the relative pronoun ὅς, used as a comparative part. and conj., as, correlatively, Mk. 4:26; Jn. 7:46; Rom. 5:15; as, like as, Mt. 10:16; Eph. 5:8; according as, Gal. 6:10; as, as it were, Rev. 8:8; as, Lk. 16:1; Acts 3:12; before numerals, about, Mk. 5:13; conj. that, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὡς thus, as, so that, since

A. ADVERB of Manner, either ὥς (with accent) Demonstr. so, thus, Lat. sic;— or ὡς (without accent) Relat. as, Lat. ut. B. ὡς, as CONJUNCTION. C, D. various usages.

of Manner:

ὥς, Demonstr. = οὕτως, so, thus, Lat. sic, Hom., Hdt.; rare in attic:— καὶ ὥς, even so, nevertheless, οὐδ᾽ ὥς, μηδ᾽ ὥς, not even so, in no wise, Hom., Soph.

in Comparisons, ὥς . . , ὡς . . , so . . as . . , Lat. sic . . ut . . , Il., Plat.

thus, for instance, Od.

ὡς, Relat., as, Lat. ut, first in Hom.; οὕτως ὡς, Lat. sic ut; but the antec. is often omitted: similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε, where ὅτε often seems superfluous, ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] Il.:—this ὡς takes the accent at the end of a clause or when it follows the word dependent on it; θεὸς δ᾽ ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο, βόες ὥς…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adv — Adverb
adverb — it qualifies the verb, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

ADV ADVerb or adverb and particle combined

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
60%as
as60% · 310×like16% · 84×when8% · 41×how4% · 21×about4% · 20×other renderings6% · 33×other renderings1% · 7×

516 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 22 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial31%predicate12%object4%subject4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 502 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πρόσωπονthe face, counteπούςthe footδιδάσκωI teach
σύ
πλησίονnear, nearby, a καρδίαthe heart, innerἀποστέλλωI send forth, se
καίand, even, also, nam
πολύςmuch, many, ofteαὐτόςλαόςa people, the cr
ἀλλάbut, except
γαμίζωI give in marriaθέλωI will, wish, deφανερῶςclearly, openly
εἰμίI am, exist
ὥραan hour, seasonὅτιthat, since, becοὐNeg
ὡςsince502×
what comes after →
Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, mastἥλιοςthe sun, sunlighφῶςlight, a source
δέbut, on the other ha
πληρόωI fill, fulfill,γίνομαιI come into beinἀκούωI hear, listen
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἐνἐγώ
φωνήa sound, noise, voic
ὕδωρwaterβροντήthunderἐν
ἐν
Article theοὐρανόςthe sky, the heaκρυπτόςhidden, secret

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὡς · 502× in the New Testament
Revelation Acts Luke Matthew 1 Corinthians John 2 Corinthians 1 Peter Hebrews Mark Romans Ephesians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
καὶkai [they are] also G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

ol'-so: In the Greek kai, when it is equivalent to "also" or "even," is always placed before the word or phrase which it is intended to emphasize (e.g. Ac 12:3; 1 Joh 4:21). Mt 6:14 should therefore read, "Your heavenly Father will forgive you also"; Lu 6:13, "Whom also he named apostles"; Heb 8:6, "The mediator of a better covenant also"; and 1Th 4:14, `If we believe that Jesus died and rose again, so also (we believe that) those who are fallen asleep in Jesus, God will bring with Him.'

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καί[they are] also8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
συγκληρονόμοιςsugklēronomos joint-heirs G4789 Adjective · nominative · plural · masculine
4× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means to be a co-heir, or someone who shares an inheritance with others. In Romans 8:17, it describes how believers are co-heirs with Christ, sharing in his inheritance.
Amplified meaning
co-heirs, joint inheritors
Tyndale gloss
co-heir
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word συγκληρονόμος (i.e., *sugkleronomos*) means 'co-heir' or 'joint heir.' It is derived from the prefix for 'with' and the word for 'heir,' indicating a shared inheritance. This term appears in the New Testament in Romans 8:17, Ephesians 3:6, Hebrews 11:9, and 1 Peter 3:7, highlighting the concept of shared participation in inheritance.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

*† συν-κληρο-νόμος (Rec. συγκ-), -ου, ὁ

a co-inheritor, fellow-heir: Ro 8:17, Eph 3:6; c. gen. rei, He 11:9, I Pe 3:7 (for exx., v. Deiss., LAE, 88 f.).†

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

συνκληρονόμος, “‘fellow-heir,’” which occurs gzater in the NT, is classed by Cremer ® p. 584 as ‘funknown in profane Greek,” but in addition to Cremer’s own reference to Philo kg. ad Gatum § 10, Deissmann (ZAZ?, p. 92) cites the word from an Ephesian inser. of the Imperial period, Ar7t. Mus. Ἴδε. III. p. 249, No. 633 Εϊὐτυχίδος. . . . σ[υγ]κληρονόϊμον αὐτ]οῦ, cf. especially 1 Pet 37. Other exx. from Byzantine Greek are P Mon I. 6! (A.D. 583) συνκληρονόμον αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι, and P Masp III. 67340 werso! τῷ[ν pel’ ἐμὲ κληρονόμων ἢ [ovy]kAq[polyopel[v.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

συγκληρονόμος (sugklēronomos) — co-heir.

συγκληρονόμ-ος

(paroxytone), ον, joint-heir, Χριστοῦ [NT]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

συγκληρονόμος

sugkleronomos

from 4862 and 2818; a co-heir, i.e. (by analogy) participant in

common:--fellow (joint)-heir, heir together, heir with.

see GREEK for 4862

see GREEK for 2818

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

συγκληρονόμος, ου, ὁ, ἡ

Adj

a joint heir, participant

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

συγκληρονόμος synklēronomos 4x

pr. a coheir, Rom. 8:17; a fellow participant, Eph. 3:6; Heb. 11:9; 1 Pet. 3:7*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

συγκληρονόμος συγ-κληρονόμος, ον, a joint-heir with, τινός NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NPM — Adjective · nominative · plural · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Thompson Chain Reference topics

general references to Natural

Ge 15:3; 21:10; 25:5; Nu 27:8; 36:9; De 21:16; Ec 2:18

--SEE First-born, OWNERSHIP

Adoption, HOME

--Spiritual. See CHURCH, THE

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%joint-heirs
joint-heirs100% · 4×

4 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
predicate50%adverbial25%indirect object25%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 4 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
θεόςGod, a god
μένDisj
ἔθνοςa race, people, the
Article the
Article the
ἸακώβProp
καίand, even, also, nam
ὡςas, like as, how
συγκληρονόμοςjoint-heirs
what comes after →
δέbut, on the other ha
Χριστόςanointed, the Me
καίand, even, also, nam
σύσσωμοςbelonging to the
Article the
ἐπαγγελίαa promise
χάριςgrace, favor, kindne
ζωήlife

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσυγκληρονόμος · 4× in the New Testament
1 Peter Ephesians Hebrews Romans
Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Shepherd of Hermas
The Shepherd of HermasThe Shepherd of Hermas 22.2.8c. AD 140

ταύτῃ τῇ γνώμῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ δεσπότου συνηυδόκησεν αὐτῷ, ἵνα συγκληρονόμος γένηται ὁ δοῦλος τῷ υἱῷ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 4th c. AD 7th c. AD 2nd c. AD
P.Brem. 4Hermopolis (?)AD 113–AD 117

ἐπιστολῆς· Ῥουτιλίωι Λούπωι τῶι κρατίστωι ἡγεμόνι Ἀπολλώνιος στρατηγὸς Ἀπολλωνοπολίτου ἑπτακωμίας … χαίρειν. ἀδικοῦσί με συνκληρονόμοι ἀπὸ νομοῦ Ἑρμοπολίτου. εἰσδόντος γάρ μου σὺν Εὐδαιμονίδι μητρί μου κατὰ δημοσίους χρηματισμοὺς

P.Kellis 1 13Kellis (Oasis Magna)AD 335

ἄχρις ὑπερῴων καὶ τη … … κοινὰ καὶ ἀδιαίρετα ὄντα τοῖς πέντε συνκληρονόμοις … … καὶ ὁμολογοῦμεν συνπεπεῖσθαι ταύτῃ τῇ διαιρέσει καὶ μὴ ἐξέσται ἡμῖν τήνδε τὴν

τὸ χρεὼν … καὶ ἅπαντα τὰ καταλιφθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ εἰς … πλεῖον μετὰ τῶν συνκληρονόμων μου … ἐποιήσαμεν ὡς ἄχρι καιροῦ διαιρέσεως … δʼ ὅπως Ἀριστοβούλα ἡ ἐκ δευτέρου

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
χάριτοςcharis of [the] grace G5485 Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
155× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Grace or graciousness, as in Colossians 4:6 and Luke 4:22. This word describes the divine influence on the heart and its reflection in life, including gratitude and favor.
Amplified meaning
unmerited favor, divine blessing
Tyndale gloss
grace
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word χάρις (*charis*) means grace or favor and is derived from the concept of graciousness. It encompasses both the objective aspect of beauty and charm, as well as the subjective experience of kindness and gratitude. In the New Testament, it frequently refers to divine grace, emphasizing its free and universal nature, and is used in various contexts, such as expressions of thanks and the influence of grace on the heart.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — χάρις, ἔλεος from a scan

THERE has often been occasion to observe the manner in which Greek words taken up into Christian use are glorified and transformed, seeming to have waited for this adoption of them, to come to their full rights, and to reveal all the depth and the riches of meaning which they contained, or might be made to contain. Xdpisis one of these. It is hardly too much to say that the Greek mind has in no word uttered itself and all that was at its heart more distinctly than in this; so that it will abundantly repay ὃ xtvu. SYNONYMS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 167 our pains to trace briefly the steps by which it came to its highest honours. Χάρις, connected with χαίρειν, is first of all that property in a thing which causes it to give joy to the hearers or beholders of it, as Plutarch (Phil. cum Prine. 3) has rightly explained it, χαρᾶς yap οὐξὲν οὕτως γονιμόν ἐστιν ὡς χάρις (cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch.…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ , acc., χάριν (χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157),

[in LXX chiefly for חֵן ;]

objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22.

Subjectively,

on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality:

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

χάρις, -ἰτος, ace. χάριν, and twice in LT Tr WH the rarer form χάριτα (Acts xxiv. 27; Jude 4) which is also poetic (cf. Bitm. Ausf. Spr. i. 8.44 Anm.1; [WH. App. 157; B. 13 (12)]), ace. plur. χάριτας (Acts xxiv. 27 RG), ἡ, (χαίρω), fr. Hom. down, Hebr. jM, grace; i.e. 1. prop. that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness : grace of speech (Eccl. x. 12; Sir. xxi. 16; xxxvii. 21; Hom. Od. 8,175; τῶν λόγων, Dem. 51, 9; 1419, 16; χάριτες μωρῶν, verbal pleasantries which the foolish affect in order to ingratiate themseives, Sir. xx. 13), λόγοι χάριτος (gen. of quality), Lk. iv. 22; χάριν διδόναι τοῖς ἀκούουσινν Eph. ἵν 29; ἐν χάριτι, with grace [the subst. ἅλας being added; see Bp. Lghtft.], Col. iv. 6. 2. good-will, lovingkindness, favor: ina broad sense, χάρις mapa τινι, Lk. ii. 52; ἔχειν χάριν πρός twa, to have favor with one, Acts ii. 47; χάρις ἐναντίον τινός…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

χάρις. The utmost we can attempt with this important word is to illustrate some of its meanings from our sources with the view of showing how readily it lent itself to the deeper Christian implications involved in its NT use. I. *‘grace,” ‘‘ graciousness”: OG/S 383° (Commagene rescript—mid. i/B.C.) ἔργα χάριτος ἰδίας : cf Lk 42%. 2, ‘‘favour’’: P Leid Di™ (B.c. 162-161) (=I. p. 25, UPZ i. p. 231) περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων δοῖ σοι ὁ Σάραπις kal ἡ Ἶσις ἐπαφροδισί[α]ν χάριν μορφὴν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὴν βασίλισσαν, similarly 76, ΚΚ1ῦ (c. B.c. 99) (=I. p. 52), P Lips I. τος (1i/i B.c.) χάριν σοι ἔχω ἐφ᾽ als γράφεις ἐπι[σ]τολαῖς, and 76.24, BGU I. 192 (A.p. 135) ἠξίου προσφυγεῖν TH χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιφανεστάτου Αὐτοκράτορος, 2d. IV. 1085° (time of Marcus) κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ Aid[(Jov ᾿Αντων[εἸίνου δύνονται ἔχειν τὸν τάφον, P Grenf II. 684 (A.D. 247) ὁμολογῶ χαρίζεσθ[αι] σοὶ χάριτι ἀναφαιρέτῳ…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

χάρις (charis) — grace.

χάρις [ᾰ], ἡ,

genitive χάρῐτος: accusative χάριν [ῑ in arsi, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc.; also χάριτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; dative χάρισι, χαρίτεσσι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: (χαίρω):—grace:

I. in objective sense, outward grace or fauour, beauty, properly of persons or their portraits, θεσπεσίην δ᾽ ἄρα τῷ γε χάριν κατεχεύατ᾽ Ἀθήνη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: plural, graces, κάλλεϊ καὶ χάρισι στίλβων [Refs 8th c.BC+]gracefully, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of ear-rings, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of works, ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of words, οὔ οἱ χ. ἀμφιπεριστέφεται ἐπέεσσιν [Refs]; πλείστη δὲ χ. κατὰ μέτρον ἰούσης [γλώσσης] [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

χάρις

charis

from 5463; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or

concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine

influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including

gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy,

liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).

see GREEK for 5463

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

χάρις, ιτος, ἡ

n.f.

grace, favor, kindness

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

χάρις charis 155x

pleasing show, charm; beauty, gracefulness; a pleasing circumstance, matter of approval, 1 Pet. 2:19, 20; kindly bearing, graciousness, Lk. 4:22; a beneficial opportunity, benefit, 2 Cor. 1:15; Eph. 4:29; a charitable act, generous gift, 1 Cor. 16:3; 2 Cor. 8:4, 6; an act of favor, Acts 25:3; favor, acceptance, Lk. 1:30, 52; Acts 2:47; 7:10, 46; free favor, free gift, grace, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

χάρις χά^ρις, ιος, ἡ, χαίρω Grace, Lat. gratia:

outward grace or favour (as we say well or ill favoured), grace, loveliness, Hom., etc.; τῷγε χάριν κατεχεύατ᾽ Ἀθήνη over him Athena shed grace, Od.; of persons, pl. graces, charms, id. Od., etc.:—more rarely of things, ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζειν id. Od.; ἡ τῶν λόγων χ. Dem.

grace or favour felt, whether on the part of the Doer or the Receiver:

on the part of the Doer, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, τινός for or towards one, Hes., Thuc., etc.

on the part of the Receiver, the sense of favour received, thankfulness, thanks, gratitude, Il.; τινός for a thing, οὐδέ τίς ἐστι χάρις μετόπισθ᾽ εὐεργέων Od.; c. inf., οὔ τις χάρις ἦεν μάρνασθαι one has no thanks for fighting, Il.; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί to acknowledge a sense of favour, feel…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-GSF — Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

gras:

1. The Word Charis:

In the English New Testament the word "grace" is always a translation of (charis), a word that occurs in the Greek text something over 170 times (the reading is uncertain in places). In secular Greek of all periods it is also a very common word, and in both Biblical and secular Greek it is used with far more meanings than can be represented by any one term in English Primarily

(a) the word seems to denote pleasant external appearance, "gracefulness" "loveliness"; compare the personificaion in the Graces." Such a use is found in Lu 4:22, where `wondered at the charm of his words' is a good translation; and similarly in Col 4:6.

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Grace

(1.) Of form or person (Prov. 1:9; 3:22; Ps. 45:2). (2.) Favour, kindness, friendship (Gen. 6:8; 18:3; 19:19; 2 Tim. 1:9). (3.) God’s forgiving mercy (Rom. 11:6; Eph. 2:5). (4.) The gospel as distinguished from the law (John 1:17; Rom. 6:14; 1 Pet. 5:12). (5.) Gifts freely bestowed by God; as miracles, prophecy, tongues (Rom. 15:15;

Favor, mercy. Divine grace is the free and undeserved love and favor of God towards man as a sinner, especially as exhibited in the plan of redemption through Jesus Christ, Joh 1:17 3:16 Ro 3:24-26. It is only by the free grace of god that we embrace the offers of mercy, and appropriate to ourselves the blessings graciously purchased by redeeming blood.

The "GRACE OF GOD," spontaneous, unmerited, self-directed, and almighty, is the source of the whole scheme of redemption, Ro 11:6 2Ti 1:9. With it are united "the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ," who gave himself for sinners; and that of "the Spirit of grace," by whom alone the grace offered by the Father and purchased by the…

Torrey's New Topical Textbook

- God is the God of all

1Pe 5:10

- God is the Giver of

Ps 84:11; Jas 1:17

- God's throne, the throne of

Heb 4:16

- The Holy Spirit is the Spirit of

Zec 12:10; Heb 10:29

- Was upon Christ

Lu 2:40; Joh 3:24

- Christ spoke with

Ps 45:2; Lu 4:22

- Christ was full of

Joh 1:14

- Came by Christ

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
83%grace
grace83% · 129×favor5% · 8×thanks4% · 6×other renderings3% · 5×other renderings5% · 7×

155 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 11 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject38%adverbial30%object23%predicate5%indirect object3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 155 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
διάλόγοςa word, speech, δίδωμιI offer, give
ἐν
δωρεάa free giftἀλλάbut, exceptσύ
καίand, even, also, nam
σοφίαwisdomἡλικίαage, statureλαμβάνωI receive, take
σύ
ποῖοςIrgεἰςφέρωI carry, bear, b
γάρfor
εὑρίσκωI findArticle theκαλόςbeautiful, good,
χάριςof [the] grace155×
what comes after →
Article the
θεόςGod, a godκύριοςlord, Lord, mastδίδωμιI offer, give
σύ
καίand, even, also,εἰς
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἀλήθειαtruthδύναμιςmight, power, ma
αὐτός
Article theδίδωμιI offer, giveὅς
μετά
πᾶςall, the whole, σύ

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceχάρις · 155× in the New Testament
Romans 2 Corinthians Acts Ephesians 1 Corinthians 1 Peter Hebrews Luke Galatians 2 Timothy Colossians 1 Timothy

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament23 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 60 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 21c. AD 40

οὗ χάριν τῆς ἀρίστης αὑτοῦ φύσεως οὐκ ἐφθόνησεν οὐσίᾳ μηδὲν ἐξ αὑτῆς ἐχούσῃ καλόν, δυναμένῃ δὲ πάντα γίνεσθαι.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.2c. AD 75–95

τινὲς μὲν γὰρ ἐπιδεικνύμενοι λόγων δεινότητα καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς θηρευόμενοι δόξαν ἐπὶ τοῦτο τῆς παιδείας τὸ μέρος ὁρμῶσιν, ἄλλοι δὲ χάριν ἐκείνοις φέροντες, περὶ ὧν τὴν ἀναγραφὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε, τὸν εἰς αὐτὴν πόνον καὶ παρὰ δύναμιν ὑπέστησαν·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD 1st c. AD
P.Lips. 1 104Pathyrites (?)96 BC

καὶ τὰ παιδία καὶ οἱ ἐν οἴκωι πάντες. περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῆσθε γράφετέ μοι. χάριν σοι ἔχω ἐφʼ αἷς γράφεις ἐπιστολαῖς. ὅταν ἡμῖν γράψῃς ἔνψυχόν τι λαμβάνω· ἐπισκοπεῖται ὑμᾶς

P.Bad. 2 16Pathyris89 BC

πράσσοντες καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ πράγματα εὔνοιαν διατηροῦντες … ε … παρὰ τῶν ἐπάνω χάριτος πρεπούσης ἐπιτεύξεσθε.

P. Thead. 23Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 342

μου δουκὸς ἀνενέγκῃς, αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐστιν τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τολμοῦντας ἐκδικεῖν, καὶ τούτου τυχὼν χάριτά σοι ὁμολογήσω, κύριε. διευτύχει. Αὐρήλιος Σακαῶν ἐπιδέδωκα. Αὐρήλιος Δημήτριος ἔγραψα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἀγραμμάτου. ὑπατείας

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ζωῆςzōē of life G2222 Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
135× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
In the Bible, this word for life refers to both physical and spiritual existence, as seen in Luke 16:25 and Romans 5:10. It describes the life we have now and the life we'll have after rising from the dead. It's used to talk about the importance of living a good life.
Amplified meaning
eternal life, spiritual existence
Tyndale gloss
life
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ζωή (zōē) means 'life' and is derived from the verb ζάω (zaō). It encompasses natural life, spiritual existence, and the life of the kingdom of God, contrasting with death. The New Testament uses it to express both physical and spiritual life, as seen in verses like Luke 16:25 and John 6:51. Moulton & Milligan note that in Biblical Greek, ζωή carries a nobler connotation than the classical term for life.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ζωή, -ῆς, ἡ (ζάω),

[in LXX chiefly for חַיִּים;]

life (in Hom., Hdt., = βίος, q.v.; later, existence, vita quâ vivimus, as distinct from βίος, vita quam vivimus; opp. to θάνατος);

of natural life: Lk 16:25, Ac 8:33, I Co 15:19, I Ti 4:8, He 7:3, Ja 4:14; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; ψυχὴ ζωῆς (Ge 1:30), Re 16:3; of the life of one risen from the dead, Ro 5:10,

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ζωή. P Lond 177 (A.D. 40-1) (= ΤΙ. p. 168) ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς note ad loc. τὺ. γλυκύς sub fin. In contrast to the classical usage in which βίος is the ethical term (see further s.v.), the ‘nobler’ connotation is attached in Biblical Greek to ζωή, which is generally used as equivalent to “the very highest blessedness’’: see Trench Syv. p. S6ff., and cf. Hort Asean Lectures, pp. 98 ff., 189 ff., for an important discussion on the Biblical doctrine of Life. In ZV7W xii. p. 228 ff. Burkitt treats the relation of ζωή to hayyim. . The noun survives in MGr. ζών P Petr I. 1412 (B.c. 237) τὴν ζώνην θωρακίτίου, “the girdle of a corslet-armed soldier”” (Ed.). In P Oxy IIL. 4964, a marriage contract of A.D. 127, the dowry of the

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ζωή (zōē) — life.

ζωή

(ζωιή (probably an error) [Refs 3rd c.BC+], Doric dialect ζωά: Ionic dialect and poetry ζόη, [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect ζόα: Aeolic dialect ζοΐα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: ἡ:— living, i.e. one's substance, property, ἦ γάρ οἱ ζ. γ᾽ ἦν ἄσπετος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοὶ δὲ ζωὴν ἐδάσαντο[Refs]; τὴν ζόην ποιέεσθαι or καταστήσασθαι ἀπὸ or ἐκ.. to get one's living by.., [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. after [Refs 8th c.BC+], life, existence, opposed to death, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; θανάτου πέρι καὶ ζωᾶς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζόας (ζωᾶς codices) βιοτά [Refs 5th c.BC+] mylife! [LXX+4th c.BC+]; μετὰ τὴν μίαν ζ. πολλαὶ ζ. [Refs 4th c.AD+]

3. way of life, ζόην ἔζωον τὴν αὐτήν [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ζωή

zoe

from 2198; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare

5590.

see GREEK for 2198

see GREEK for 5590

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ζωή, ῆς, ἡ

n.f.

life

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ζωή zōē 135x

life, living existence, Lk. 16:25; Acts 17:25; in NT spiritual life of deliverance from the proper penalty of sin, which is expressed by θάνατος, Jn. 6:51; Rom. 5:18; 6:4; the final life of the redeemed, Mt. 25:46; life, source of spiritual life, Jn. 5:39; 11:25; Col. 3:4

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ζωή ζάω a living, i. e. one's means of life, substance, Od.; τὴν ζόην ποιεῖσθαι ἀπό or ἔκ τινος to get one's living by . . , Hdt., etc.

life, existence, Tyrtae., Trag., etc.

a way of life, Hdt.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-GSF — Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

lif (chayyim, nephesh, ruach, chayah; zoe, psuche, bios, pneuma):

I. THE TERMS

II. THE OLD TESTAMENT TEACHING

1. Popular Use of the Term

2. Complexity of the Idea

III. IN THE APOCRYPHA

IV. IN THE NEW TESTAMENT

1. In the Synoptic Gospels

2. In the Fourth Gospel

3. In the Ac of the Apostles

4. In the Writings of Paul

5. In the Writings of John

6. In the Other Books of the New Testament

LITERATURE

I. The Terms.

Of the Hebrew terms, chayah is the verb which means "to live," "to have life," or the vital principle, "to continue to live," or "to live prosperously." In the Piel it signifies "to give life, or preserve, or quicken and restore life." The Hiphil is much like the Piel. The noun hayyim generally used in the plural is an abstract noun meaning "life," i.e. the possession of the vital principle with its energies and activities. Nephesh often means "living being" or "creature." Sometimes it has the…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Life

Generally of physical life (Gen. 2:7; Luke 16:25, etc.); also used figuratively (1) for immortality (Heb. 7:16); (2) conduct or manner of life (Rom. 6:4); (3) spiritual life or salvation (John 3:16, 17, 18, 36); (4) eternal life (Matt. 19:16, 17; John 3:15); of God and Christ as the absolute source and cause of all life (John 1:4; 5:26, 39; 11:25; 12:50).

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

In the Bible, is either natural, Ge 3:17; spiritual, that of the renewed soul, Ro 8:6; or eternal, a holy and blissful immortality, Joh 3:36 Ro 6:23. Christ is the great Author of natural life, Col 1:16; and also of spiritual and eternal life; Joh 14:6 6:47. He has purchased these by laying down his own life; and gives them freely to his people, Joh 10:11,28. He is the spring of all their spiritual life on earth, Ga 2:20; will raise them up at the last day; and…

Nave's Topical Bible

→ MISCELLANY OF MINOR SUB-TOPICS

Breath of Ge 2:7

Called SPIRIT OF GOD Job 27:3

Tree of Ge 2:9; 3:22,24; Pr 3:18; 13:12; Re 2:7

→ (SACREDNESS OF, an inference from what is taught in the law concerning murder)

See HOMICIDE

Long life promised to obedient children Ex 20:12; De 5:16

To those who keep the commandments De 4:40; 22:7

Vanity of Ec 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7

Hated Ec 2:17

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
98%life
life98% · 133×other renderings2% · 3×

136 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object39%adverbial30%subject17%predicate13%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 135 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
εἰςκαίand, even, also,ἐν
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
αὐτόςοὐNegἵναin order that, s
εἰς
δίκαιοςjust, righteous,ἅλλομαιI leap, bubble uκαρπόςfruit, result, g
αὐτός
δίδωμιI offer, giveἐνἐντολήan ordinance, in
καίand, even, also, nam
λαμβάνωI receive, takeοὐρανόςthe sky, the heaεἰμίI am, exist
ζωήof life135×
what comes after →
αἰώνιοςeternal, unending
κληρονομέωI inherit, obtaiκαίand, even, also,ἔχωI have, hold, po
Article the
ἸησοῦςJesusαἰώνιοςeternal, unendinἀρνίονa lamb
καίand, even, also, nam
ὀλίγος& Advπνοήbreath, windεἰρήνηpeace, peace of
ἐν
ἑαυτοῦΧριστόςanointed, the Meσύ
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
ἐνκαίand, even, also,αἰώνιοςeternal, unendin

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceζωή · 135× in the New Testament
John Revelation Romans 1 John Acts Matthew 2 Corinthians Luke 1 Timothy Mark Philippians 1 Corinthians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament22 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 130 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Josephus Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 30c. AD 40

τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὠνόμασε θεοῦ, διότι ζωτικώτατον τὸ πνεῦμα, ζωῆς δὲ θεὸς αἴτιος, τὸ δὲ φῶς φησιν ὅτι ὑπερβαλλόντως καλόν (Gen.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.37c. AD 75–95

ἐν τούτοις δʼ εἶναι καὶ τῆς ζωῆς τὸ φυτὸν καὶ ἄλλο τὸ τῆς φρονήσεως, ᾗ διεγινώσκετο τί εἴη τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τί τὸ κακόν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.4c. AD 100

πεπεισμένος οὖν τοῦτο καὶ συνειδὼς ἐμαυτῷ, ὅτι ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσας πολλὰ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης κύριος, καὶ πάντως ἀναγκάζομαι κἀγὼ εἰς τοῦτο, ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι μεγάλη πίστις καὶ ἀγάπη ἐγκατοικεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐπ’…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 5th c. AD
P.Lond. 2 p. 167-169 no. 177Bakchias (Arsinoites)AD 40

τῆι οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ σκεύη τε καὶ ἕτερα τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν Ταοννώφρι ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς χρόνον. ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ἡμῶν τελευτησάσης καὶ ἡμῶν ὀφειλόντων

P.Stras. 7 684AD 117–AD 138

ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα … … μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τελευτὴν πρὸ μὲν τ … … … Ζωὴν καὶ Ταυ … … … ος πρὸς ἑκαστ … … ς δυσὶ Εὐδαιμον

P.Oxy. 75 5058OxyrhynchosAD 257–AD 258

τω τὸν αὐτὸν πατέρα σου τῆς ὠνουμένης ἐχειν ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἑαυτοῦ χρόνον … … τῶν δηλουμένων ὑπαρχόντων πάντων κατ’ ἔτος προσόδους πάσας μετὰ τὰ

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
εἰςeis so as G1519 Preposition
1,766× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means toward or into, indicating direction or purpose, as seen in Matthew 8:23 and Mark 1:45. It can also imply a sense of movement or action. The KJV translates it in various ways.
Tyndale gloss
toward
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

εἰς is a preposition meaning 'into' or 'to,' used with the accusative case. It indicates direction, entrance, or limit, applicable to place, time, and figurative purposes. The New Testament frequently employs it to express movement toward locations or states, as seen in passages like Matthew 8:23. It can also denote relationships or results, such as 'for' or 'among.'

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

εἰς,

prep. c. acc.,

expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.).

Of place.

After verbs of motion;

of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.;

of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.;

before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.;

Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

εἰς, a Prep. governing the Accusative, and denoting entrance into, or direction and limit: into, to, towards, for, among. It is used A. Property I. of Place, after verbs of going, coming, sailing, flying, falling, living, leading, carrying, throwing, sending, etc. ; 1. of a place entered, or of entrance into a place, into; and 8. it stands before nouns designating an open place, a hollow thing, or one in which an object can be hidden: as εἰς (τὴν) πόλιν, Mt. xxvi. 18; xxviii. 11; Mk. i. 45, and often; εἰς r. οἶκον, Mt. ix. 7; συναγωγήν, Acts xvii. 10; πλοῖον, Mt. viii. 23; Jn. vi. 17; Acts xxi. 6; θάλασσαν, Mt. xvii. 27; ἄβυσσον, Lk. viii. 31; οὐρανόν, Lk. ii. 15; κόσμον, In. 1. 9; iii. 19, ete.; τὰ ἴδια, Jn. i. 11; xvi. 32; Acts xxi. 6; ἀποθήκην, Mt. iii. 12; εἰς ra ὦτα, Lk. i. 44; εἰς τὰς ζώνας or ζώνην, Mt. x. 9; Mk. vi. 8, etc.; εἰς ἀέρα, 1 Co. xiv. 9; eis πῦρ, Mk. ix. 22, ete.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

εἰς ἁλιέων εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδριί[αν (P Oxy II. 2943 = Selections, Ρ- 34): see further Pro/eg. pp. 234 f., 245. For εἰς in the wide sense in which we use ‘‘for” we may cite such passages as P Lille I. 261 (iii/B.c.) ἔγραψάς μοι περὶ τῆς εἰς THY σησαμείαν γῆς, 20." ἕως ἂν] μάθωμεν περὶ τῶν κ[εχρ]ηματισμένων εἰς τὸν νομόν, P Petr II. 11 (1)" (mid. iii/B.c.) (= Witkowski*, p. 8) ἀπὸ τούτου τὸ μὲν ἥμυσυ εἰς τὰ δέοντα ὑπελιπόμην, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν εἰς τὸ δάνειον κατέβαλον, P Lond 43? (ii/B.c.) (=I. p. 48, Witkowski’, p- 110) ἕξεις ἐφόδιον εἰς τὸ γῆρας, P Tebt I. 577 (8.6. 118) προστε]τάχασι δὲ καὶ τὰ els τὴν ταφὴν τοῦ “Amos, P Oxy I. 379 (A.D. 149) (= Selections, p. 49) ἐγένετο ἐνθάδε ἡ τροφεῖτις εἰς υἱὸν tod ΤΠεσούριος, ‘‘there was concluded here the nursing-contract for the son of Pesouris”; and the recurring formulae in a private account of ς. A.D. 15 τό. 1V. 736° θρύων εἰς τοὺς ἄρτους (ὀβολοὶ δύο)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

εἰς (eis) — toward.

ἐν εἰς

or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to:

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

εἰς

eis

a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or

entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.);

also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at,

(back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more

exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore,

+ forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the

intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at

one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the

end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), ...ward, (where-)fore, with. Often

used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs

(etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

εἰς

Prep.

into, in, among, till, for

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

εἰς

into, to c. acc.

PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY. Radical sense, into, and then to:

OF PLACE, the commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Hom., etc.:—properly opposed to ἐκ, ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης from head to foot, Il.; εἰς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Theocr.:—then, with all Verbs implying motion or direction, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Il.; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, id. Il.:—in Hom. and Hdt. also c. acc. pers., where the attic use ὡς, πρός, παρά.

with Verbs which express rest in a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκε, i. e. he brought it into the house, and put it there, Od.; παρεῖναι ἐς τόπον to go to a place and be there, Hdt.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

az: Conj. and adverb (usually Greek hos hosper, kathos), designating:

(1) Likeness: (a) between nouns (Ge 3:5; Jud 6:5; Php 2:8; Heb 11:27,29); (b) between verbs (Lu 6:36; Joh 5:30; 1Co 10:7); (c) between adjectives (1Co 15:48).

(2) Limitation (with respect to a particular aspect or relation) (1Pe 4:15,16).

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
33%into
into33% · 595×to32% · 570×for10% · 185×in9% · 160×unto4% · 69×toward2% · 44×other renderings8% · 145×other renderings2% · 29×

1,797 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 37 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial95%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,766 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
βάλλωI cast, throw, rεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inδέbut, on the othe
εἰσέρχομαιI go in, come in, en
καίand, even, also,μήNegαὐτός
ἔρχομαιI come, go
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςοὗτος
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςἐκκόπτωI cut out, cut oπόλιςa city
ἐγώ
εἰμίI am, existκαίand, even, also,δίδωμιI offer, give
εἰςso as1766×
what comes after →
Article the
αἰώνan age, a cycle οἶκοςa house, househoοὐρανόςthe sky, the hea
αὐτός
Article theκαίand, even, also,οὗτος
ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem
καίand, even, also,εἰςὅτιthat, since, bec
ὅς
καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheἄνDisj
σύ
καίand, even, also,μήNegἐν

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceεἰς · 1,766× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Matthew John Mark Romans Revelation 2 Corinthians Hebrews 1 Peter 1 Corinthians Ephesians

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 9c. AD 40

τὸ δὲ παθητὸν ἄψυχον καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, κινηθὲν δὲ καὶ σχηματισθὲν καὶ ψυχωθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ μετέβαλεν εἰς τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὅτι λιμοῦ τὴν Χαναναίαν καταλαβόντος εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀπῆρε καὶ διατρίψας ἐν αὐτῇ τινα χρόνον ὑπέστρεψεν ὀπίσω.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD 2nd c. BC
P.Grenf. 2 33Pathyris101 BC

καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις γῆς σιτοφόρου λεγομένης Νεχθαραῦτι θεοῦ μεγάλου παρὰ τῶν ἱερέων ἐτῶν δέκα εἰς τὰ ἐνλιπόντα αὐτῷ ἑτέρων , τεσσάρων εἰς συμπλήρωσιν ἐτῶν πέντε , ὥστε γεωργῆσαι ἧς

BGU 3 999Pathyris100 BC

καὶ ἀπηλιώτου τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς Εὐνόου οἰκίας λιβὸς ῥύμη ἐφ ᾧ ἀνοίξει τὴν θύραν εἰς τὴν Ὀρσηοῦς οἰκίαν ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πετεσοῦχος Νεχθανούπιος ὡς ἐτῶν

P.Adl. 17Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)100 BC

ος, βορρᾶ γῆ Σχώτου τοῦ Τρύφωνος, ἀπηλιώτου τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς γῆς, λιβὸς ἡ φέρουσα εἰς τὸ Κρόνειον ὁδός, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου Πέρσης τῆς

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
τὸho this G3588 Article · accusative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-ASN — Article · accusative · singular · neuter
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-ASN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
this19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
μὴ not G3361 Particle · negative
1,060× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Not is a word used to show that something is not true or is not happening, like in phrases that say 'lest' or 'God forbid', as seen in various parts of the New Testament.
Tyndale gloss
not
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

μή () is a Greek negative particle used to express subjective negation, often in conditional or hypothetical contexts. It contrasts with οὐ (ou), which indicates absolute denial. μή can function as an adverb meaning 'not' or as a conjunction meaning 'lest.' It appears in various grammatical constructions, including prohibitions and deliberative questions, and is referenced in verses like Matthew 5:29 and John 3:18.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

μή,

subjective negative particle,

used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.]

As a neg. adv., not;

with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9.

In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8.

In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

μή, Sept. for Ox, |X, PN, ἃ particle of negation, which differs from οὐ (which is always an adverb) in that ov denies the thing itself (orto speak technically, denies simply, absolutely, categorically, directly, objectively). but μή denies the thought of the thing, or the thing according to the judgment, opinion, will, purpose, preference, of some one (hence, as we say technically, indirectly, hypothetically, subjectively). This distinction holds also of the compounds οὐδείς, μηδείς, οὐκέτι, μηκέτι, ete. But pris either an ad verb of negation, not (Lat. non, ne); or aconjunction, that... not, lest, (Lat. ne); or an interrogative particle, (Lat. num) [i. e. (generally) implying aneg. ans.; in indir. quest. whether nol (suggesting apprehension) ]. Cf. Herm. ad Vig. § 267 p- 802 sqq-; Matthiae § 608; Bitm. Gram. § 148 (cf. Alex. Bttm. N. T. Gr. p. 344 (296) sqq.); Kiihner ii. §§ 512 sq. p.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

μή Grenf II. 384 (mid. 1.8.6.) καλῶς οὖ]ν ποιήσις μὴ ἀμελήσ[α]ς α[. . ἀγο]ράσαι. .. , P Oxy I. 3815 (a.p. 49--50) (= Selections, p. 53) τοῦ δὲ Σύρου μὴ βουλομένου ἐνμεῖναι τοῖς κεκριμένοις, “45 Syrus does not wish to abide by what has been decided,” 2d. II. 2755 (A.D. 66) (= Selections, p. 58) ἔγραψα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ μὴ ἰδότος γράμματα, “1 wrote for him seeing that he was unlettered,” BGU I. 22° (a.p. 114) (= Selections, p. 74) TappovOios . . . τὸ παρὸν μὴ ἔχουσα κύριον, ‘ Tarmuthis at present without a guardian,’ and P Grenf II. 779 (iii/iv A.D.) (= Sedections, p. 120) θαυμάζω πάνυ [ὅτι] ἀλόγως ἀπέστητε μὴ ἄραντες [τὸ σ]ῶμα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ὑμῶν, “1 wonder exceedingly that you went off so unreasonably, without taking the body of your brother”; cf. P Tor 1. 1¥8-4 (νον 116) εἰ δὲ kal τις θείηι τὸ μὴ ὄν (cf. 1 Cor 1°8)—acc. and inf. follow, P Ryl II. 144°? (Α.Ὁ. 38) ἐπαγαγεῖν αἰτίας τοῦ μὴ ὄντος, ‘‘…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μή (mē) — not.

μή,

Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.)

__A in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning,

__A.1 with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ.. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς.. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

μή

me

a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas 3756 expresses an

absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an

interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas 3756 expects an

affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, +

lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not,

nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in

substantially the same relations. See also 3362, 3363, 3364, 3372,

3373, 3375, 3378.

see GREEK for 3756

see GREEK for 3362

see GREEK for 3363

see GREEK for 3364

see GREEK for 3372

see GREEK for 3373

see GREEK for 3375

see GREEK for 3378

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

μή

Neg.prt.

not, lest

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

μή mē 1x

a negative particle, can function as a conj, not, for the particulars of its usage, especially as distinguished from that of οὐ, consult a grammar; as a conj., lest, that not, Mt. 5:29, 30; 18:10; 24:6; Mk. 13:36; μή, or μήτι, or μήποτε, when prefixed to an interrogative clause, it expresses an intimation either of the reality of the matters respecting which the question is asked, Mt. 12:23; or the contrary, Jn. 4:12

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Particle-N — Particle · negative
particle — a small word colouring the clause; it does not decline.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PRT-N PaRTicle, disjunctive particle Negative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
71%not
not71% · 772×except9% · 95×unless5% · 58×surely not4% · 41×lest3% · 32×otherwise2% · 23×other renderings4% · 48×other renderings1% · 16×

1,085 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 23 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial84%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,060 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
οὐNeg
καίand, even, also,σύἐγώ
ἵναin order that, so th
αὐτόςσύπροσεύχομαιI pray, pray for
καίand, even, also, nam
ἐγώαὐτόςεἰμίI am, exist
εἰCond
αὐτόςυἱόςa son, descendenκαίand, even, also,
Article the
καίand, even, also,εἰςδιά
μήnot1060×
what comes after →
Article the
πατήρfather, Father, υἱόςa son, descendenσημεῖονa sign, miracle,
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
καίand, even, also,ποιμήνa shepherdβάθοςdepth, a depth,
εἰμίI am, exist
δίδωμιI offer, giveἐνμετά
τὶς
σύὑστερέωI am lacking, faγεννάωI beget, bring f
φοβέωI fear, am terrified
ἀπόArticle theμόνοςalone, but, only

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceμή · 1,060× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew John 1 Corinthians Romans Mark Acts Revelation 2 Corinthians Hebrews 1 Timothy Galatians

2 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 1,321 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ἐγκόπτεσθαιegkoptō [cause to] be impeded G1465 Verb · present · passive · infinitive
5× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To impede means to hinder or slow someone down, like blocking a path, as in Acts 24:4 and 1 Thessalonians 2:18.
Amplified meaning
impeded, blocked
Tyndale gloss
to impede
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἐγκόπτω (i.e., *egkopto*) is built from the prefix ἐν and the root κόπτω. It means to hinder or impede, covering a range of contexts from interrupting to detaining. In the New Testament, it appears in passages like Romans 15:22 and 1 Thessalonians 2:18, where it conveys the idea of being obstructed or delayed.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐγ-κόπτω, v.s. ἐνκ-.

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐγ-κόπτω [in Acts T WH évx., so T in 1 Pet. where R ἐκκ.; see ἐν, III. 3]; 1 aor. ἐνέκοψα; Pass., [ pres. ἐγκόπτομαι]; impf. ἐνεκοπτόμην ; to cut into, to impede one’s course by cutting off his way; hence univ. to hinder (Hesych. : ἐμποδίζω, διακωλύω) ; with dat. of the obj., Polyb. 24, 1, 12; in the N. T. with acc. of the obj., 1 Th. ii. 18; foll. by inf., Gal. v. 7 (see ἀνακόπτω) ; inf. preceded by τοῦ, Ro. xv. 22; εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐγκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν, that ye be not hindered from praying (together), 1 Pet. iii. 7; i. q.to detain [ A. V. to be tedious unto] one, Acts XXlv. 4 [ef. Valcken. Schol. i. 600 sq.].

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐγκόπτω (egkoptō) — to impede.

ἐγκόπτω,

knock in, πάτταλον [Refs 4th c.BC+]; χιλίας (i.e. πληγὰς) ἐς τὸ νῶτον ἐγκόψαι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

2. engrave, τὸ ψήφισμα ἐς στήλην [Refs]:—middle, [Refs]

3. incise, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

II. oppose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

III. check, hold the breath, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: generally, hinder, thwart, τισί [Refs]; τῇ δικαιοδοσίᾳ falsa lectio in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; delay, [NT]:—passive, ἐνεκοπτόμην τοῦ ἐλθεῖν [NT+3rd c.AD+]

IV. intransitive, come to a stop, [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐγκόπτω

egkopto

from 1722 and 2875; to cut into, i.e. (figuratively) impede,

detain:--hinder, be tedious unto.

see GREEK for 1722

see GREEK for 2875

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐγκόπτω

v.

I interrupt, hinder

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐγκόπτω enkoptō 5x

pr. to cut or strike in; hence, to impede, interrupt, hinder, Rom. 15:22; 1 Thess. 2:18; 1 Pet. 3:7; Gal. 5:7; Acts 24:4*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐγκόπτω fut. ψω to hinder, thwart, NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PPN — Verb · present · passive · infinitive
present passive infinitive — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PPN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: iNfinitive TVM equivalent: G5745

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
20%i may be a hindrance
i may be a hindrance20% · 1×i was being hindered20% · 1×impeded20% · 1×hindered20% · 1×be impeded20% · 1×

5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
σύ
πολύςmuch, many, ofteτίςIrg
καίand, even, also, nam
διόwhereforeδίςtwice
μήNeg
Article the
ἐγκόπτω[cause to] be impeded
what comes after →
Article the
πολύςmuch, many, ofteπροσευχήprayer, a place
παρακαλέωI summon, entreat, a
ἀκούωI hear, listen
ἀλήθειαtruth
μήNeg
ἐγώ
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἐγκόπτω · 5× in the New Testament
1 Peter 1 Thessalonians Acts Galatians Romans
Across the New Testament5 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
1st c. BC
P.Tebt.Pad. 10Tebtynis (Arsinoites95 BC–94 BC

αὐτὸν βία κ … … κατήνεγκε … εἰς ὃ ἔτυχεν μέρος τοῦ σώματος ἐνέκοψέν με … εις ἀπὸ θανάτου … οἱ παράγοντες … ἐπι

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
τὰςho the G3588 Article · accusative · plural · feminine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-APF — Article · accusative · plural · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-APF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Feminine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
προσευχὰςproseuchē prayers G4335 Noun · accusative · plural · feminine
36× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in 1 Peter than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Prayer to God, like in Matthew 21:22 and Acts 3:1, or a place for prayer, as in Matthew 21:13
Amplified meaning
requests, communion with God
Tyndale gloss
prayer
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

προσευχή (proseuchē) means prayer, particularly a prayer directed to God. It can also refer to a place of prayer, such as a synagogue or chapel. The New Testament uses this term in various contexts, including specific verses like Matthew 17:21 and Acts 16:13. Some lexicons note a distinction between προσευχή and related terms, but the differences are not universally agreed upon.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — εὐχή, προσευχή, δέησις, ἔντευξις, εὐχαριστία, αἴτημα, ἱκετηρία from a scan

αἴτημα, ἱκετηρία. Four of these words occur together at 1 Tim. 11. 1 ; on which Flacius Illyricus (Clavis, 5. v. Oratio) justly observes: ‘Quem vocum acervum procul dubio Paulus non temere congessit.’ I propose to consider not these only, but the larger group of which they form a portion. Εὐχή is found only once in the N. T. in the sense of a prayer (Jam. v. 15); twice besides in that of a vow (Acts XViii. 18; xxi. 23); compare Plato (Legg. vii. 801 a), εὐχαὶ παρὰ θεῶν αἰτήσεις εἰσί. On the distinction between it and προσευχή, between εὔχεσθαι and προσεύχεσθαι, there is a long discussion in Origen (De Orat. ὃ 2, 8, 4), but of no great value, and not bringing out more than the obvious fact that in εὐχή and εὔχεσθαι the notion of the vow, of the dedicated thing, is more commonly found than that of prayer. A more interesting treatment of the words, and the difference between them, may be…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

† προσ-ευχή, -ῆς, ἡ

(< προσεύχομαι),

[in LXX chiefly for תְּפִלָּה;]

prayer to God: Mt 17:21 (WH, R, txt., om.) 21:22, Mk 9:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 3:1 6:4 10:31, Ro 12:12, I Co 7:5, Col 4:2; pl., Ac 2:42 10:4, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, Col 4:12, I Th 1:2, Phm 4, 22, I Pe 3:7 4:7, Re 5:8 8:3, 4; οἶκος προσευχῆς,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

προσ-ευχή, -ῆς, 9, (προσεύχομαι), Sept. for ΤΙ 311, i. 4. εὐχὴ πρὸς τὸν θεόν [cf. πρός, IV. 1]; 1. prayer addressed to God: Mt. xvii. 21 [T WH om. Tr br. the vs.]; xxi. 22; Mk. ix. 29; Lk. xxii. 45; Acts iii.1; vi. 4; x. 31; Ro. xii. 12; 1 Co. vii. 5; Col. iv. 2; plur., Acts ii. 42; x.4; Ro.i. 10 (9); Eph.i.16; Col. iv.12; 1 Th. i. 2; Philem. 4, 22; 1 Pet. iii. 7; iv. 7; Rev.v. 83 viii. 3,4 (where rais mpocevyais is a dat. commodi, for, in aid of, the prayers [W. § 31, 6c.; cf. Green p. 101 sq.}); οἶκος προσευχῆς, a house devoted to the offering of prayer to God, Mt. xxi. 13; Mk. xi. 17; Lk. xix. 46, (Is. lvi.7; 1 Mace. vii. 37); προσευχὴ καὶ δέησις, Acts 1. 14 Ree.; Eph. vi. 18; Phil. iv. 6, (1 K. viii. 38; 2 Chr. vi. 29; 1 Mace. vii. 37; on the distinction between the two words see δέησις) ; plur., 1 Tim. ii. 1; v. 5; ἡ πρ. τοῦ θεοῦ, prayer to God, Lk. vi. 12 (εὐχαριστία θεοῦ, Sap.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

προσευχή. For a pagan instance οἵ προσευχή in the general sense of ‘‘ prayer,” ‘‘ supplication,” we can now cite the interesting letter, BGU IV. τοϑοῦ (iii/A.p.) (= Chrest. I. p. 564), in which a father congratulates his son on his marriage kata τὰς κοινὰς ἡμῶν εὐχὰς Kal προσευχάς. Exx. of προσευχή as a Jewish “‘ place of prayer,” as in Ac 1618 (cf. 3 Macc 72°), are readily forthcoming from both the papyri and the inscrr. Thus as early as B.C. 217 we have a petition from a village of the Fayiim, P Magd 35 (= Chrest. I. p. 80), regarding a garment deposited ὃ ἐν τῆι προσευχῆι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, to await a judicial decision as to the rightful owner. And in P Tebt I. 8615 (late ii/B.c.) we read of a προσευχὴ Ιουδαίων with a Διὸς παρά(δεισος) near at hand. From Roman times comes aseries of accounts from the waterworks of the metropolis (? Hermopolis), P Lond 117757 (A.D. 113) (=III. p. 183)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

προσευχή (proseuchē) — prayer.

προσευχή, ἡ,

prayer, οἶκος προσευχῆς, of the Temple, [LXX+3rd c.AD+]

II. place of prayer, sanctuary, chapel, [Refs]; especially among the Jews. synagogue, [NT+3rd c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

προσευχή

proseuche

from 4336; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X

pray earnestly, prayer.

see GREEK for 4336

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

προσευχή, ῆς, ἡ

n.f.

prayer, a place for prayer

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

προσευχή proseuchē 36x

prayer, Mt. 17:21; 21:13, 22; Lk. 6:12; Acts 1:14; meton. a place where prayer is offered, an oratory, perhaps, Acts 16:13, 16

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

προσευχή προσ-ευχή, ἡ, prayer, οἶκος προσευχῆς, of the Temple, NTest.

a place of prayer, an oratory or chapel, id. NTest., Juven.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-APF — Noun · accusative · plural · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-APF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
53%prayer
prayer53% · 19×prayers42% · 15×fervent prayer3% · 1×prayer’3% · 1×

36 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial58%subject17%object14%predicate11%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 36 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
ἐνἐπίκαίand, even, also,
οἶκοςa house, household
ἐγώ
ἐν
μήNeg
φυλακήa watching, guard, p
Article the
νομίζωI think, suppose
οὗwhere, whither,
προσευχήprayers36×
what comes after →
Article the
ἅγιοςset apart, holy,θεόςGod, a godἔνατοςninth
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theπάλινagain, further, δέησιςsupplication, pr
σύ
δέbut, on the otheκαίand, even, also,χαρίζομαιI show favor to,
ἐγώ
δέομαιI request, begἀδιαλείπτωςunceasingly
καλέωI call, invite, name
σύπᾶςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπροσευχή · 36× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Revelation Romans 1 Peter 1 Timothy Colossians Ephesians Matthew Mark Philemon 1 Corinthians
Across the New Testament15 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 31 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Ignatius of Antioch Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Didache
Philo of AlexandriaAgainst Flaccus 45c. AD 40

οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἄδηλον, ὅτι ἡ περὶ τὴν κατάλυσιν τῶν προσευχῶν φήμη λαβοῦσα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας διαδοθήσεται μὲν εὐθὺς εἰς τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ νομούς, δραμεῖται δ’ ἀπὸ μὲν Αἰγύπτου πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ ἔθνη τὰ ἑῷα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ὑποταινίου καὶ Μαρείας,…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 14.258c. AD 75–95

δεδόχθαι καὶ ἡμῖν Ἰουδαίων τοὺς βουλομένους ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας τά τε σάββατα ἄγειν καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖν κατὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίων νόμους καὶ τὰς προσευχὰς ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ κατὰ τὸ πάτριον ἔθος.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 19.12c. AD 100

οὐ προσήξεις ἐπὶ προσευχὴν ἐν συνειδήσει πονηρᾷ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
4th c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC
BGU 4 1080AD 201–AD 300

τῇ ὑπαρχθείσῃ σοι ἀγαθῇ εὐσεβεῖ καὶ εὐτυχεῖ συμβιώσει κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἡμῶν εὐχὰς καὶ προσευχάς, ἐφʼ αἷς οἱ θεοὶ τέλειον ἐπακούσαντες παρέσχον. καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀκοῇ ἀπόντες ὡς παρόντες

P.Lond. 6 1917Herakleopolites bzw. KynopolitesAD 330–AD 340

εἰδέναι, ὅπως ὁ θεὸς ἀκυρώσῃ τὸ χειρόγραφον τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου διὰ τῶν βεβαιοτάτων ὑμῶν προσευχῶν ἁγιωτάτων. γνῶναί σε οὖν θέλω, γνησιώτατε καὶ μακαριώτατε, ὅτι ὅτε ἦμεν ἐν τῇ νήσῳ

P.Lond. 6 1926AD 326–AD 375

ἴασιν λαμβάνω. δέομαι τῷ θεῷ δέομαι καὶ σοι μνήσθητί μου ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ σου προσευχῇ. εἰ καὶ ἐν σώματι οὐκ ἧκα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας σου ἐν πνεύματι ἧκα πρὸς

you who [are] Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge as with a weaker vessel with the female rendering honor since [they are] also joint-heirs of [the] grace of life so as this not [cause to] be impeded the prayers of you.
ὑμῶν.¶su of you. G4771 Personal pronoun · second person · genitive · plural
2,892× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in 1 Peter as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This Greek word means 'you' and is used to address someone directly, like in John 1:30 and Matthew 26:64. It's a way to emphasize or contrast the person being spoken to. The KJV Bible translates it as 'thou'.
Tyndale gloss
you
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

σύ is the second-person singular pronoun meaning 'you' in Greek. It has various forms: genitive σοῦ, dative σοί, and accusative σέ. The word can be used for emphasis or contrast, particularly in the New Testament, as seen in verses like Matthew 26:64. It also appears in various dialects and has enclitic forms.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

σύ,

pron. of 2nd pers.,

thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

σύ, pron. of the second pers. (Dor. and Aeol. τύ, Boeot. Tov), gen. σοῦ, dat. σοί, ace. σέ (which oblique cases are enclitic, unless a preposition precede; yet πρός σε is written [uniformly in Ree. (exe. Mt. xxvi. 18), in Grsb. (exe. Jn. xxi. 22, 23), in Treg. (exc. Mt. xxvi. 18; Acts xxiii. 30), in Lchm. (exe. Mt. xxvi.18; Jn. xvii. 11, 13; xxi. 22, 23; Acts xxiii. 30), in Tdf. (exe. Mt. xxvi. 18; Lk. i. 19; Jn. xvii. 11, 13; Jn. xxi. 22; Acts xxiii. 18, 30; 1 Tim. iii. 14; Tit. iii. 12); also by WH in Mt. xxv. 39], see ἐγώ, 2; Lipsius, Grammat. Untersuch. p. 62 sq. [W. §6, 3; B. 31 (27)]); plur. ὑμεῖς, εἴς. : Lat. tu, ete., vos, ete.; thou, ete., ye,ete. The nominatives ov and ὑμεῖς are expressed for emphasis — before a vocative, as σὺ Βηθλεέμ, Mt. ii. 6; σὺ παιδίον (Leian. dial. deor. 2, 1), Lk. i. 76; add, Jn. xvii. 5; Acts i. 24; 1 Tim. vi. 11, etc.; ὑμεῖς of Φαρισαῖοι, Lk. xi. 39…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

σύ (su) — you.

σύ [ῠ],

thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

σύ

su

the person pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See

also 4571, 4671, 4675; and for the plural 5209, 5210, 5213, 5216.

see GREEK for 4675

see GREEK for 4571

see GREEK for 4671

see GREEK for 5209

see GREEK for 5210

see GREEK for 5213

see GREEK for 5216

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

σύ, σοῦ, σοί, σέ

Pers.pr.

you

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

σύ sy 2x

you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, Mt. 1:20; 2:6

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-2GP — Personal pronoun · second person · genitive · plural
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked plural.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-2GP Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Person: second Case: Genitive Number: Plural

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
78%you
you78% · 2412×you yourselves7% · 221×you yourself5% · 168×your3% · 87×other renderings3% · 96×other renderings3% · 89×

3,073 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 37 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject28%object24%adverbial23%indirect object20%predicate5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 2,892 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
λέγωI say, speak
ἀμήνHebrδέbut, on the otheἐγώ
καίand, even, also, nam
ἐγώοὕτωthus, so, in thiμήNeg
ἐν
Article theεἰμίI am, existγίνομαιI come into bein
πρός
ἔρχομαιI come, goἐγώπέμπωI send
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakπαρακαλέωI summon, entreaθέλωI will, wish, de
σύof you.2892×
what comes after →
Article the
θεόςGod, a godἐνἁμαρτίαa sin
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theεἰρήνηpeace, peace of οὐNeg
ὅτιthat, since, because
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐν
ἐν
Article theποῖοςIrgΧριστόςanointed, the Me

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσύ · 2,892× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke John Acts Mark 2 Corinthians 1 Corinthians Romans 1 Thessalonians Revelation Hebrews Colossians

16 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 450 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.48c. AD 40

„οὐ φυτεύσεις σεαυτῷ ἄλσος, πᾶν ξύλον παρὰ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ“ (Deuter.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.101c. AD 75–95

παύσομαι δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ μετὰ τοσαύτης ὀργῆς τὰς τιμωρίας ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀδικήμασιν εἰσπραττόμενος καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον σοῦ παρακαλοῦντος.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 35Ptolemais - Akko (Syrien)103 BC

τοῦ ἀποδοθῆι τὸν ἐπεσταλμένον ἡμῖν κατὰ μῆνα πυρὸν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν. διʼ ἄλλων γεγράφαμεν ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν βουλόμεθα μηδεμιᾶς προσφωνήσεως προσπεπτωκυίας. ἑαυτῶν δὲ ἐπιμελόμενοι ἵνʼ ὑγιαίνητε, — ἔσμεν ἐν

P.Grenf. 1 32Pelusion103 BC

η Φατρήους καὶ … χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρωμένοις διευτυχεῖν. ἐρρώμεθα δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρίστην μνείαν ποιούμενοι παρὰ τοῖς ἐν Πηλουσίωι θεοῖς. καλῶς ποιήσεις διαλύσας Ἁρκοννῆσιν καὶ

P.Grenf. 1 41Thebais3 BC

παρὰ Πετεύριος διεθέντος μου ὑπάρξει σοι εἰς στέφανον χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δεκάπεντε, τάλαντα ιε. εὐτύχει .

Sources on this page. Lexicons and dictionaries imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones, Robinson and Packard, Webster and Cawdrey. Thayer’s Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament (Harper, 1889 — Grimm’s Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti, translated, revised and enlarged by Joseph Henry Thayer) is public domain and is set here from the Internet Archive page scan greekenglishlex00grim; it is uncorrected OCR, marked as such on the entry itself, and the Strong’s numbers — which Thayer’s own edition does not carry — were matched by lemma against the other modules on this page. Trench’s Synonyms of the New Testament (Macmillan, 1880) and Moulton and Milligan’s Vocabulary of the Greek Testament (Hodder & Stoughton, 1930, which entered the United States public domain on 1 January 2026) are set from Internet Archive page scans synonymsofnewtes00treniala and vocabularyofgree00mouluoft, and are likewise uncorrected OCR matched to Strong’s numbers by lemma. Trench treats a group of words at once, so the same essay stands on the page of each word it compares. The Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary is © 1993 and is used here by permission for non-commercial use, www.teknia.com/greek-dictionary. The full Liddell-Scott-Jones and the Hebrew word data (TAHOT) come from STEPBible.org, CC BY 4.0. Brown-Driver-Briggs is the OpenScriptures digitisation, public domain. Syntax analysis is the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (biblicalhumanities.org); the concordance and morphology are built from the tagged Nestle 1904 text. Septuagint occurrences use the Open Scriptures Septuagint lemma index, derived from CCAT (University of Pennsylvania) and the Rahlfs 1935 dataset by Eliran Wong, CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 — used here on a non-commercial ministry site. Greek of Josephus and Barnabas from the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. Commentaries and the Ante-Nicene Fathers are public-domain texts hosted on this site. Everyday Greek from the Duke Databank of Documentary Papyri, CC BY 3.0, with dates and provenance from the Heidelberger Gesamtverzeichnis. Philo and the Apostolic Fathers from Open Greek and Latin (First1KGreek), CC BY-SA 4.0. The apparatus and the fifth Greek column are the SBL Greek New Testament, © 2010 SBL and Logos Bible Software, CC BY 4.0. The Latin is the Clementine Vulgate (public domain); the Syriac New Testament is the ETCBC edition (MIT licence). The Hebrew behind the Greek is computed here from the Septuagint index and TAHOT, not taken from any aligned edition. The translation spread and the per-word edition marks come from the Translators Amalgamated Greek NT (STEPBible, CC BY 4.0); clause roles from the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (CC BY-SA 4.0); place identifications and their confidence from OpenBible.info Bible Geocoding (CC BY 4.0), with map tiles © OpenStreetMap contributors. Gospel parallels are computed here from shared uncommon vocabulary, not taken from any printed harmony. Cross references are the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge and the subject headings are Nave’s Topical Bible, both public domain. Works under Creative Commons licences are used unchanged apart from markup removal.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate